II 6

5,5

V, 8

•

REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

IT)

VOLUME VIII: MOLLUSKS, ECHINODERMS,
COELENTERATES, ETC.

PART G: ALC YON ARIA AND ACTINARIA

By A. E. VERRILL
PROFESSOR EMERITUS, YALE UNIVERSITY

OTTAWA
F.A.ACLAND

PBINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCBSLLENT MAJESTY
1922

Issued April 28, 1922

Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

VOLUME I: NARRATIVE OF THE EXPEDITION.

Part A: NORTi'KK\ PARTY, 191: Vilhj«li»ur Stefansson (In preparation).

Part B: SOUTHERN PARTY, 1913-16." By Rudolph Martin Anderson (In preparation).

VOLUME II: MAMMALS AND BIRDS

Part A: MAMMALS OF WEST! RN ARCTIC AMERICA. By Rudolph Martin Anderson.

(In preparation).

Part B BIRDS OF WESTERN ARCTIC AMERICA. By R. M. Anderson and P. A. Taverner.

(In preparation).

VOLUME III: INSECTS

INTRODUCTION. By C. Gor 'on Hewitt (Issued December 10, 1920

Part A: COLLEMBOLA. By Justus W. Folsom (Issued July 10, 1919).

Part B: NEUROPTEROID "INSECTS. By Nathan Banks (Issued July 11, 1919).

Part C: DIPTE1! A.

Crane-flies. By Charles P. Alexander.

Mosquitoes. By Harrison G. Dyar.

Diptera (excluding Tipulidie and Culicidte). By J. R. Malloch (Issued July 14, 1919).

Part D: MALLOPHAGA AND ANOPLURA.

Mallophaga. By A. W. Baker.

Anoplura. By G. F. Ferris and G. H. F. Nuttall (Issued September 12, 1919) .

Tart E: COLEOPTERA.

Forest Insects, including Ipidse, Cerambycidae, and Buprestidse. By J. M. Swaine.

Carabid* and Silphidaj. By H. C. Fall.

Coccinellidffi, Elateridie, Chrysomelidie and Rhynchophora. (excluding Ipidae).

By C. W. Len<:.

Dytiscidoe. By J. D. Sherman, Jr (Issued December 12, 1919) .

Part ! : HEMIPTERA. By Edward P. VanDuzee (Issued July 11. 1919).

Part G: HYMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS.

Sawflies. (Tenthredinoidea). By Alex. D. MacGillivray.

Parasitic Hymenoptera. By Charles T. Brues.

Wasps and Bees. By F. W. L. Sladen.

Plant Galls. By E. Porter Felt (Issued November S, 1919).

Part H: SPIDERS, MITES AND MYRIAPODS.

Spiders. By J. H. Emerton.

Mites. By Nathan Banks.

Myriapods. By Ralph V. Chamberlin (Issued July 14, 1919) .

Part I: LEPIDOPTERA. By Arthur Gibson (Issued January 10, 19SO).

Part J: ORTHOPTERA. By E. M. Walker (Issued September 4, 1920).

Part K: INSECT LIFE ON THE WESTERN ARCTIC COAST OF AMERICA. By Frits

Johansen (Issued November 7, 1921) .

VOLUME IV: BOTANY

Part A: FRESHWATER ALGAE AND FRESHWATER DIATOMS. By Charles W. Lowe.

(In press).

Part B: MARINE ALGAE. By F. S. Collins. (In preparation).

Part C: FUNGI. By John Dearness (In preparation).

Part D: LICHENS. By G. K. Merrill (In preparation).

Part E: MOSSES. By R. S. Williams (Issued February 8, 1921) .

VOLUME V: BOTANY

Part A: VASCULAR PLANTS. By James M. Macoun and Theo. Holm (Issued October 14, 1921)'

Part B: CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MORPHOLOGY, SYNONYMY, AND GEOGRAPHICAL

DISTRIBUTION OF ARCTIC PLANTS. By Theo. Holm... (Issued February W, 1922).

Part C: GENERAL NOTES ON ARCTIC VEGETATION. By Frits Johansen. (In preparation) .

VOLU3IE VI: FISHES, TUNIC ATES, ETC.

Part A: FISHES. By F. Johansen (In preparation).

Part B: ASCIDIANS, ETC. By A. G. Huntsman (In preparation).

VOLUME Vn: CRUSTACEA

Part A: DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS. By Mary J. Rathbun (Issued August 18, 1919).

Part B: SCHIZOPOD CRUSTACEANS. By Waldo L. Schmitt (Issued September 22, 1919).

Part C: CUMACEA. By W. T. Caiman (Issued October 15, 1920).

Part D: ISOPODA. By P. L. Boone (Issued November'10, 1920).

Part E: AMPHIPODA. By Clarence R. Shoemaker (Issued September 7, 1920).

Part F: PYCNOGONIDA. Leon J. Cole (Issued January 3, 1921).

Part G: EUPHYLLOPODA. By F. Johansen (In press).

Part H: CLADOCERA. By Chancey Juday (Issued June 2S, 1920).

Part I: OSTRACODA. By R. W. Sharpe (In preparation).

Part J: FRESHWATER COPEPODA. By C. Dwight Marsh (Issued April 21, 1920

Part K: MARINE COPEPODA. By A. Willey (Issued June 25, 1920).

Part L: PARASITIC COPEPODA. By Charles B. Wilson (Issued August 6, 1920) .

Part M: CIRRIPEDIA. By H. A. Pilsbry (In preparation).

REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME VIII: MOLLUSKS, ECHINODERMS,
COELENTERATES, ETC.

PART G: ALCYONARIA AND ACTINARIA

By A. E. VERRILL
PROFESSOR EMERITUS, YALE UNIVERSITY

OTTAWA
F. A. ACLAND

PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1922

Issued April 28, 1922

1.

The Alcyonaria of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918,

with a Revision of some other Canadian genera

and species.

By A. E. VERRILL,

Professor Emeritus of Yale University.

(AVitii nineteen plates and thirteen text figures).

I.

Suborder ALCYONACEA Verrill, 1865.

Family NEPTHYID^E.
Gersemia Marenzeller (emended).

Alcyonium(pars) of early authors.

Gersemia MARENZELLER, op. cit., p. 375, 1878. Type G. fruticosa (as G. florida,

non Rathke).
Vceringia (pars) DANIELLSSEN, N. Nordhavs — Exped., Alcyonida, p. 1, 1887,

+ Krystallofanes + Fulla + Sarakka, DAN., op. cit., 1887.
Eunephthya (pars) KUKENTHAL, Deutech. Tiefsee — Exped. (Valdivia Exped. ),

Alcyonaria, Vol. XIII, pp. 73-74, 1906 (non VERRILL, 1869). JUNGERSEN

(pars), op. cit , p. 9, 1916.
Paraspongodes (pars) KUKENTHAL, 1896. MAY, Ale. Ost-Spitz., Zool. Jahrb.

Syst., Abt. Vol. xi, pp. 388-97, 1898. STUDER, Camp. Hirondelle, p. 31,

1901
Gersenvia MOLANDER, Northern Arctic Invert. Alcyonacea, p. 48, 1915.

Polypidom, when well grown, more or less branched from a flexible main
stalk, which may be naked or bear some scattered polyps: cortex or wall of
the stalk and of stems of branches are muscular and capable of considerable
contraction. It contains numerous minute rough, spinulose, lobed, or warted
spicules, mostly short spindles and double spindles, ellipsoids, dumb-bell forms,
etc., but usually not enough to form a firm crust: often hardly enough to give a
fine granulose appearance under a lens: so that the surface often appears nearly
smooth, except for the wrinkles caused by contraction.

Interiors of stalks of branches and main stem contain a number of large
longitudinal tubes, separated by rather thin muscular walls, usually containing
a few spicules. The branches may be absent when young, but numerous and
subdivided when full grown.

The polyps, in expansion, are elongated, arising from low, or often obscure,
calicles, mostly clustered on the sides and tips of the branches. The calicles
may be separated by an evident amount of coenenchyma, often very little
or none.

The polyp-bodies, outside of the calicles, are distinctly divided into two
regions by differences in spiculation, and often by a constriction or change in
size. The distal or stomodeal region, called the anthocodia, is often larger
and always firmer than the mesenterial or proximal region, because it is filled
with more abundant and larger spicules.

9343— 1J

4o Canadian Arctic A1./-/"-'///-/'"", 1913-1918

The anthocotlia1 has ri^ht double rows of elongated spicules arranged in
chevrons, followed proximally by a wivaih or /one of similar >pirules arranged
more obliquely or transversely, thus forming a boundary more or less obvious
between the two regions of the i>olyp body.

The inesrntcrial or proximal part of tin- l>ody usually has eight double
rows of similar but generally smaller, shorter, and rougher, spicules, often arranged
almost transversely in contraction, but typically chevronwise. These may be
nearly or quite lacking in some specie.-.

Owing to the abundant and closely arranged spicules in the anthocodia
this part often cannot be withdrawn into the calicle, but remains seated over
it, in preserved specimens, while the mesenterial region is withdrawn. In
some species both regions can be retracted, especially when young.

The tentacles also contain, on the aboral side, a double row of small, usually
warted, fusiform or oblong spicules, fewer at the bases and tips, none in the
pinnules, hence the tentacles are rather stiff and usually only partly concealed
in contraction, their spiculose bases forming a sort of 8-lobed operculum for
the polyps, above the anthocodia.

The spicules of the polyps and calicles, etc., do not project in the form of
spinules, as in typical species of Eunephthya. Molander, op. cit., 1915, has I
believe, determined more accurately the relations of this and some related
northern genera than have some other writers, but like others he has erred in
the application of the name Eunephthya, as shown below.

He has reexamined the types of many species and has described the internal
structure of the stalk and branches, etc.

Gersemia rubiformis (Pallas.) Molander. Sea Strawberry.

Lobularia rubiformis EHRENBERG, Corall. Roth. Meeres, p. 58, 1834.

Alcyonium rubi/orme DANA, U.S. Expl. Exped. Zoophytes, p. 625, 1846. VERRILL,
Review Polyps E. Coast U.S. in Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1,
No. 1, p. 4, 1864: Proc. Boston Soc., Vol. X, p. 355, 1865; Trans. Conn,
Acad. Sci. Vol. 1, part 2, p. 459, 1868. MARENZELLER. Intern. Polarforsch.
Jan. Mayen, Vol. XIII, Zool., p. 15, 1886. JUNGERSEN, Kara-Havets Alc-
yonider, Dijmphna-Togtets Zoologisk-Bot. Udbytte, p. 379, pi. xxxii,
figs. 14-22, 1887.

Paraspongodes rubra MAY, Ostspitz., Zool. Jb. Syst., Vol. XI, p. 393, figs.

3a, b, 1898 (t. Jungersen).
Eunephthya rubiformis KUKENTHAL, Alcyonaria "Olga" Exped., H. 1, p. 21,

1906: Tiefsee Exped. (Valdivia), XIII, p. 72, 1906; Revis. Alcyon. Fam.,

Nephthyidae, No. 3, Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. Vol. XXIV, pp. 331, 335, 1907;

Alcyon. Siber. Eismeeres, Mem. Imp. Sci. St. Petersburg, Ser. 8, Vol.

XVIII, No. 15, p. 2, text cut, 1909. JUNGERSEN, Bergens Mus., Aarbok,

for 1915-16, h-2, p. 10, 1916.
Gersemia rubiformis MOLANDER, A. R. Northern and Arctic Invertebrates in

Coll. Swedish State Mus., Alcyonacea, Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsaka-

demiens Handlingar, Bd. 51, No. 11, vii, p. 51, pi. 1, fig. 7, 1915.

Plate I; Figs. 1-lf. Plate II; Figs. l-4a, 6. Plate XVIIa; Fig. 1.

This species, as it usually appears in dried or strongly contracted specimens,
consists of rounded, ovate, or pyriform clusters of rather hard, short, thickish
branches or lobes, convex externally, and attached to the main stalk by short

* The term anthocodia should properly be confined to the distal or stomodeal part of the polyp-body,
which is very commonly protected by eight double rows of elongated spicules arranged "in chevron"
followed by a wreath or zone of similar spicules, arranged obliquely and transversely, differentiating
it from the mesenterial or proximal region of the polyp.

Molander (op. cit. 1915), applied the term to the entire polyp-body, beyond the calicle. This is an
error and liable to cause confusion.

Alcyonaria G 5

stems, smaller than the enlarged ends. The main stem may be very short
or somewhat elongated and free from branches or calicles near the base, which
usually spreads out in a thin expansion for attachment to pebbles, shells, etc.
The lower part of the stem and basal expansion may often be nearly destitute
of the close covering of red spicules that occurs elsewhere, and then, when
dried it has a cartilaginous appearance, and is rather tough — not friable. Its
surface is strongly wrinkled. The surface of the branches carrying polyps is
covered with a thin but firm layer, consisting largely of a compact aggregation
of minute rough spicules, bright red or pale red in colour, which give the surface
a finely granular appearance under a pocket lens, and impart a red colour to
the entire corallum. These spicules are of several forms, but mostly to be
classed as irregular, short, lobed, or warty spindles, double spindles, and
ellipsoids, mixed with fewer elongated rough spindles. (See PI. II, figs. 1-4).

The polyps, in preserved specimens, are usually completely contracted,
and their calicles mostly appear as small, convex, slightly elevated mammillae,
with a small roundish central cavity, sometimes with its border slightly eight-
lobed, or little stellate, but often entirely closed in extreme contraction. (PL
I, fig. le). Sometimes the calicles are close together or separated only by their
walls, with scarcely any ccenenchyma properly called; in other cases they
have a notable amount between them.1

Occasionally the polyps do not contract entirely, and then they show a
conical anthocodia, containing eight feeble double rows of minute elongated,
rough, fusiform spicules, arranged in chevrons. (See PL I, figs, la, s-s").

In transverse sections the stem contains a considerable number of large
longitudinal tubes separated by thin walls, which contain a relatively very
small number of minute spicules, similar to those of the surface.

The proximal or mesenterial part of the polyp-wall is thin and nearly or
quite destitute of spicules; when any are present they are mostly small spindles.

Sections of the branches show a number of similar tubes of smaller size,
increasing in size downward. These tubes are often so crowded that they
appear polygonal in contracted specimens, but are roundish when less con-
tracted. When dried their walls are very thin, but in well-preserved specimens
or fresh specimens, they are thicker and muscular. (See PL I, fig. Id). In
the smaller branches a central larger tube can often be distinguished, surrounded
by a number of smaller tubes, as in fig. Id. These tubes usually contain two
or more longitudinal mesenterial infoldings, which are continuations of some
of the mesenteries of the polyps. They also frequently contain the eggs. (See
PL I, fig. If). Fresh or well-preserved specimens, when not much contracted,
have a very different appearance. (PL XVIIa, fig. 1). In these the naked stem
is more or less elongated, and the branches are also elongated, and have the
proximal part naked, while the tips are enlarged, rounded, or thick club-shaped
and bear a cluster of more or less numerous elongated polyps, translucent in
expansion, giving a very elegant appearance to the whole corallum, in life.
The polyps, in expansion, are two or three times longer than broad. They are
often nearly destitute of spicules, except on the distal anthocodial portion,
just below the bases of the tentacles, where there are eight usually inconspicuous
double rows of slender spicules, arranged in chevrons. (See PL I, figs. la).
These spicules are about 0-13 to 0-15 mm. long, and 0-02 to 0-022 mm. thick.
Sometimes a few smaller spicules occur in the proximal part of the tentacles.

The expanded polyps, when mature, are about 2 to 2-5 mm. long and 0-7
mm. thick. Their tentacles are usually nearly destitute of spicules, translucent,
and have plump, roundish stalks and elongated pinnae. Each fully-developed
polyp is usually surrounded by a number of smaller, young ones, of various
sizes, produced as buds, as in fig. la1.

1 Several bright red specimens from Alaska (Station 20o) have unusually small polyps; in contraction
the calicles are like small pinholes. These I have named as a rew variety, parvistella.

6 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913 — 1918

The eggs are relatively large, being about 0-25 to 0-32 mm. in diameter.
They are mostly in the central canals. The abundant red spicules, covering
the surface of the calicles and intercalicinal spaces with a continuous, thin,
firm layer, are well-illustrated on PL II, figs. 1-3, which show the principal
forms of the larger and fully developed ones, but there are also large numbers
ot -mallei and le>s matured spicules similar in form and ornamentation. The
mo>t numerous forms are very rough, short, thick, warty spindles, douhle-
.-pindlcs, and ellipsoids, with prominent subdivided lobules, and ornamented
ends, as shown on PI. II, figs, la-h: 2a-d: 3a-e. Some of these are stellate when
seen endure, as shown in fig. 1, and fig. 2, e, f. Some of the smaller forms
are shown in iijr. 1 k-p. With these more abundant forms are some odd irregular
forms, like lig. li and fig. 3f; some might be called popped-corn-shaped, and there
are also elongated simple warty spindles, like fig. 1, q, r, s. These last are
very similar to those of the distal part of the polyps, forming the chevrons,
hut are not quite so slender.

The walls of the stems of the branches and of the main stalk contain a
very much smaller number of similar spicules, averaging perhaps rather smaller,
but the larger ones are about as large as those of the calicles. Some of these
from the main stalk are shown in fig. 2 h-j. These are mostly white.

The larger spicules of the surface of the calicles measure 0-14X0 -05:
0-14X0-045: 0-09X0-045: 0-09X0-04: 0-07X0-045 mm. The elongated
spindles measure about 0- 15X0-025: 0-13X0-02 mm.

The species has a wide circumpolar distribution in Arctic and Sub-Arctic
waters. It was recorded by me in 1865, from the North Pacific. It is known
from the northern coasts of Europe, and from eastern America, from the Bay
of Fundy and from the fishing "Banks" off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland,
and from the gulf of St. Lawrence (Orphan bank) to Hudson bay and Green-
land. It is the only common shallow water Alcyonarian of the coasts of
Alaska and Arctic America generally.

It occurs in shallow water and down to 140 fathoms or more, mostly on
hard bottoms with pebbles and shells.

The following specimens were obtained by the Canadian Arctic Expedi-
tion:—

6, Station 20D, Beach at Grantley harbour, Port Clarence, Alaska, July 31,
1913. In alcohol. Var. parvistella. Polyps unusually small. Bright
red spicules.

1, large. Station 20a. Same locality, in 2 to 3 fathoms, mud bottom,
with algae. Aug. 4, 1913. Fine specimen in alcohol. See PL XVIIa,
fig 1.

5, Station 23, Lat. 70° 24' N. Long. 161° 25' W, in 9 to 10 fathoms, mud
and pebbly bottom. Aug. 19, 1913. In alcohol.

9, dry. Station 24, on beach, sandspit at Point Barrow, Alaska, Aug. 23,
1913.

1, dry. Station 28M. Beach at Collinson point. Camden bay Alaska
June 1914.

21, dry. Station 48c. On beach at Locker point, Coronation gulf North-
west Territories, June 1916.

Mr. F. Johansen and Dr. R. M. Anderson collected the above, and some
specimens have been sent from the Geological Survey of Canada, collected
by Rev. \V . G. ^ alton on the east shores of Hudson bay, while Dr \ G
Huntsman, Atlantic Biological Station of Canada, has sent some specimens.'
ludson bay examples were from a locality ten miles north of Great
Whale river, July, 1919.

The North Pacific Exploring Expedition collected it in Bering straits,
west coast in shallow water, and in the Arctic ocean in 35 fathoms. (VerrilL

Alcyonaria G 7

Mr. John Murdoch, in the Reports of the International Polar Expedition,
Point Barrow, p. 162 (1885) records it as found on the beach, and dredged
abundantly west of Point Franklin, in 13J fathoms, and also off Port Clarence,
in 7£ fathoms, and with one "pale specimen" in Norton sound, 5 fathoms,
on cod lines, and in Plover bay, 25 fathoms, "bright strawberry red." Brandt
recorded it from Seniavin strait, Siberia. Molander, 1915, recorded it from
Port Clarence, Bering sea, and the Siberian sea, in 7 to 57 meters, in several
localities, and in many other places. It is known from Greenland, Spitzbergen,
Kara sea, northern Norway, and numerous other localities. On the east
American coast it extends southward to the bay of Fundy.

VARIATIONS.

This species is very variable in form and general appearance, largely because
of its great powers of contraction, when preserved. In life, when well-grown,
it is tall and much branched, with conspicuous bare portions of the stalk and
stems of the branches, which carry clusters of the delicate translucent polyps
at the tips, very much as in G. carnea (see PI. IV, fig. 1). But as preserved in
alcohol, or when dried, the stalk, branches and branchlets are much contracted,
and the polyps are retracted, so that it looks like a cluster of crowded roundish
knobs or lobes. In this state it often resembles in form and colour a large
coarse strawberry. Hence the fishermen call it the "sea strawberry."

Although its colour, even after long preservation in alcohol, up to sixty
years at least, is usually bright red, due to the red colour of the spicules, pale
red or even white varieties occasionally occur, sometimes in the same localities
as the red ones. In certain cases all the specimens taken in a certain locality
may be of the pale kind. Some red specimens, when dried and long exposed
to strong light, fade to pale red or yellowish white.

Generally speaking, the bright red colour of the spicules is diagnostic of
this species, as contrasted with the allied northern* species. Several of those
are bright red, or light red, when living, but quickly lose their colour in alcohol,
because the colour is confined to the soft parts, the spicules being white.

Some varieties of G. carnea are light red or pink in colour, when living,
and their spicules may be pale red, but so far as I have observed, perhaps a
thousand examples or more, it never has the bright red spicules seen in this
species. The spicules of the cortex, also, are smaller and not nearly so numerous,
as well as different in form.

All the species of this group are liable to vary considerably in the abundance
of spicules, and to the same extent, in their sizes and forms, e\*en when adult
examples are studied. Young specimens often appear very different in form,
have larger calicles, and often larger spicules. All are very contractile when
killed or much disturbed, thus entirely changing their forms. They are also
variable in colour, when living. Some vary from dark red to light red, pink, or
orange; some are brownish or yellow; some rarely violaceous. Most of them,
when living and expanded, are very beautiful objects.

This species, when very young, forms small, slightly convex, roundish,
encrusting groups, with a central polyp surrounded by one or two circles of
smaller polyps. In that stage it resembles a Sympodium.

DISTINCTION OF CLOSELY RELATED SPECIES.

With preserved specimens this is often by no means easy, and thus experts
differ. This particular species, usually one of the easiest to identify, is liable •
to be confused with three or four other similar Canadian species, which grow
in the same way, and have similar and variable modes of branching. In general
the mode of branching is not to be relied upon as diagnostic, as it is variable.
A careful microscopic study of the forms of the spicules, and their arrangement
in the polyp bodies and tentacles affords the most reliable characters.

8 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

The nearest related form is, perhaps, G. canadensis, a new species described
below, (see PL I, figs. 2-2 d, PI. II, fig. 5) This has more numerous spicules
in the distal part of the polyp-body, which form, with the very spiculose bases
of the tentacles, a larger and stronger anthocodia, which is seldom retracted
into the calicles in the case of full grown polyps. The proximal and usually
narrower part of the polyp-body also has eight double rows of smaller spicules
in open chevrons, but this part can be much contracted and withdrawn into
the calicles, which are larger and more stellate than in G. rubiformis.

G. studeri, new name for G. danielsseni Studer, not of Marenzeller, op.
cit. 1901, p. 31, pi. iii, figs. 7, 9; pi. x, figs. 1-3, 7, from off Newfoundland, in
155 meters, is closely related to this species. It is pale yellowish in colour.
It has the same forms of branching and abundant coenenchyma, with retractile
polyps and distinct calciles. Its spicules appear to be more sharply spinose
and occur transversely placed in the proximal part of the polyps.

G. carnea (Ag. sp.) is a more southern species but is sometimes found in
the same localities. It is a much softer and smoother species with fewer and
smaller spicules in the stalk and branches, and when full grown is more branched
and taller, and in expansion it is more translucent (see PI. IV, fig. 1). But it
often contracts into a mere mass of roundish or clavate branches, closely crowded
together, when preserved in alcohol. Its colour, in life, is usually pale salmon
or flesh-colour, but it may be pink or light red. Its spicules are white or nearly
so, and differ from those of G. rubiformis in size and form, nor do those of the
stalk and branches form a firm crust (see PL IV, figs. 2-3). These spicules
in G. rubiformis are so numerous that it keeps its form very well when dried.

Some varieties of G. fruticosa (Sars), and especially the form clavata (Dan.
sp.), considered a distinct species by Molander, 1915, have a close resemblance
to this species in modes of branching and general appearance, but they have
less ccenenchyma between the calicles and more spicules in the anthocodial
region and proximal part of the polyps.

Gersemia uvceformis (May, sp.) was united to G. rubiformis by Jungersen
and by Broch, but kept as a separate species by Molander (1915). It is a
nearly allied form, if not the young stage of the 'latter. Its polyps, judging
by the figures," are considerably larger and the spicules more numerous and
somewhat different in forms. I have not seen any American specimens that
seem to agree with it. Molander recorded it from off Newfoundland, in 66
meters. Another species which might be confounded with this was recorded
by me in 1865, from the Okhotsk Sea; but was not then named nor described
owing to the immaturity of the single specimen. Nevertheless Dr. J. E. Gray,
in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist., Feb., 1869, gave it a name, Lobularia verrillii. That
name has no more status than a manuscript name.

The specimen, long in alcohol, was still bright red, and the calicles were
glomerate and verruciform, and much larger than in G. rubiformis, and more
spiculose. The original specimen was probably burned in the great Chicago
fire, which destroyed all the Chicago Museum specimens.

It may very likely belong to Gersemia, and in that case it most resembled
G. uvceformis. Its spicules were red, but were not carefully studied. Its stalk
was very short and not branched, and it was doubtless the young stage of a
larger species. The polyps were more or less retractile, usually leaving the
anthocodia exposed.

It is remarkable that Danielssen did not recognize this species among the
numerous related forms described by him. Some of his figures, however,
closely resemble varieties of this species, particular^ Gersemia clavata and
capitata, and should be compared with this.

Ehrenberg quoted Pallas as the author for this species. I do not know
in what work Pallas described it.

Alcyonaria G 9

II.

Revision of additional Canadian Alcyonaria, with
descriptions of two new genera and some new

species.

By A. E. VERRILL.

The late Dr. J. F. Whiteaves, in his Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrata
of Eastern Canada1 gave a pretty complete list of the Alcyonaria recorded up
to that date by me and others.

Most of those species were known only from the Grand Banks, and the
deep-water fishing grounds off Nova Scotia, many having been brought up
on the long trawl-lines used by the cod and halibut fishermen or dredged by
the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross" in the deep waters on or near
the Banks. Some of them were of great size and many were species and genera
then new to science.

A few additions to the list have been made since that time. Several,
however, need revision as to their generic affinities and nomenclature. A few
species have been discovered on the North Pacific coast that have not hitherto
been recorded as belonging to the Canadian Fauna.

In the following report I have endeavoured to supply some of this additional
information, together with some illustrations of species that have not yet been
figured at all, or only imperfectly illustrated.

In the Alcyonaria group the forms, sizes, and arrangement of the micro-
scopic spicules are matters of much importance for the determination of the
genera and species, or even, in many cases, to determine the families to which
they belong. In other words, the "architecture" of the polyp bodies and calicles
is of great importance in the study of the group. The modes of branching and
forms of the colonies are generally variable, and therefore of much less import-
ance, though frequently characteristic.

Danielssen2 has given excellent and elaborate illustrations of the forms
of the colonies, polyps, and spicules of various species and varieties of Alcyonacea
that are found also off the coasts of the American continent in deep water.

Suborder PENNATULACEA Verrill, 1865.

Family PENNATULID^E Verrill , 1865.

Ptilella borealis (M. Sars) Gray. Great Sea-Pen.

Pennatula grandis EHRENBERG, Corall. Roth. Meeres, p. 66, 1834 (not of Pallas,

1766, p. 366j.

Pennatula grandis KOLLIKER, Voy. Challenger, I, part 2, p. 4, 1881 (non Pallas).
Ptilella borealis GRAY, Cat. Sea-Pens, p. 21, 1870: VERRILL, Amer. Jour. Sci.,

Vol. XVII, p. 241, 1879.
Pennatula borealis SARS, Fauna Lit. Norveg., Vol. I, p. 17, pi. 2, figs. 1-4,

1856. KOLLIKER, Pennatuliden, I, p. 136. Richiardi, Monog. Pennat. p. 31,

pi. 2, figs. 15-17. VERRILL, Amer. Jour. Sci. Vol. XVI, p. 375, 1878: op. cit.

Vol. XXIV, p. 364, 1882. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XI, No. 1, p. 3,

1883; Ann. Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 1883, pp. 509, 532, pi. IV, figs. 8, 8a,

1885 (sub-genus Ptilella).

1 Geological Survey of Canada, 1901, No. 722.

2 N. Nordhavs-Exped . Alcyonida. 1887.

10 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Pennatula (Ptilella) borealis VERRILL, Amer. Jour., Sci. Vol. XXIII, p. 310, 1882;

J. F. WHITEAVES, Catal. Inverteb. East. Canada, p. 35, 1901.
Ptilella grandis KOREN and DAN., Fauna Litt, Norveg., pp. 82-86, pi. XI, figs.

1-7, 1877.

This species is very common in deep-water on and between the fishing
banks off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. It ranges between 120 and
1,255 fathoms. It grows to a large size. Koren and Danielssen recorded
one 780 mm. high. Some of our specimens are over 25 inches high and 5 inches
broad. From the fishing banks. 33 lots were received up to 1881, including
120 specimens. Its range extends to the region south of Nantucket.

Some recent writers have endeavoured to apply the name grandis to this
species, apparently overlooking the fact that Pallas had long before used that
name for a very different Polynesian species, figured by Rumphius (Mus. Belg.
p. 43) as Sagitta marina nigra.

Pallas gave a good description for that early date. He described the stalk
as smooth and terete and the colour as grayish green, etc.

It is evident therefore that the very appropriate name grandis cannot be
used for this species.

Kolliker ascertained that the grandis of Ehrenberg is the same as borealis,
but that fact does not warrant the use of grandis for this species.

This species differs so much from all other species of the genus that it has
been made a distinct genus by J. E. Gray, Koren and Danielssen, and some
others under the name Ptilella. The most obvious if not the most important
character by which the genus Ptilella may be distinguished is the existence of
a strong bulbous muscular enlargement near the top of the stalk. The arrange-
ment of the siphonozooids is also characteristic. Koren and Danielssen (op.
cit.) have given a pretty full account of its internal structure; but some of the
peculiarities mentioned in respect to the curvature of the axis, etc., are due to
the strong contraction of the specimens preserved in alcohol.

It varies considerably in colour but is usually some shade of orange-red
or purplish red on the edges of the pinnae and bulbous part of the stalk, while
the lower part of the stalk and proximal part of the pinnae or wings may be
yellowish or orange. The spicules of the wings are red. The tentacles are
without spicules. The siphonozooids are usually red, very numerous, and some
of those at and between the bases of the pinnae are usually large — generally
there are two larger ones.

Ptilosarcus gurneyi Gray. Stout Sea-Pen.

Sarcoptilus (Ptilosardus) gurneyi GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V, p. 23,

pi. iii, fig. 2, 1860.
Ptilosarcus gurneyi VERRILL, Proc. Essex Inst. Salem, Mass., Vol. IV, p. 183,

1865; Trans. Conn. Acad.. Vol. I, part 2, p. 382, 1868. KOLLIKER, Anat.,

Syst. d. Alcyon. Pennat., p. 146, PL IX, fig. 79, 1869.

Plate XII; Figs. 1, 2.

This is a large stout and conspicuous " Sea-Pen," often a foot or more long
in life, living in shallow water, as far north as Prince William sound, Alaska.
The naked stalk in life is large swollen and bulbous; when much contracted in
alcoholic specimens it is nearly half the whole length. The pinnae or "wings"
are nearly semi-circular, broadly rounded, with a broad base, the posterior
edge extending as a rounded lobe beyond the basal attachment; their sides are
smooth; the edge is thickened and bears four rows of polyps; each calicle is
armed with two spiniform spicules.

Alcyonaria G 11

The siphonozooids are small, papilliform, and form two broad rows along
the back of the rachis. Kolliker gives the length of one specimen as 283 mm.
and the breadth 45 to 50 mm.

One example studied by me had 52 pinnae on each side; total length 250
mm., breadth 50 mm., height of pinnse 20 mm., breadth 38 mm., length of
stalk 118 mm., diameter 106 mm.

The type was from Monterey, Cal. (Gray). Most specimens that I have
seen came from Puget Sound and adjacent waters. It has been taken off
Cape Flattery on fishing tackle. A single specimen, lacking the stalk, was
sent to me with the other Canadian specimens. This was from off Ucluelet,
west coast of Vancouver island, in 9 fathoms, collected by W. Spreadborough
in 1909.

Professor W. R. Coe, on the Harriman Expedition, took a large and fine
specimen, a little below a very low tide at Orca, Prince William sound, Alaska.
It was standing upright in soft black mud. He stated that it was "gorgeously
coloured," the stalk being bright orange, and the polypiferous portion was
bright red. The colour soon fades in alcohol.

This specimen has 44 wings on each side, counting the very small ones
at the proximal portion, where the first is only about 5 mm. broad, and the
second about 10 mm. about a dozen being small and gradually increasing.
(See PL XII).

Professor Coe states that it was very much longer and wider in life than
when preserved, especially the bulbous stalk. At present the stalk has a thick
bulbous part distally, but tapers to the lower end.

In alcohol its length is 210 mm., breadth 60 mm., length of stalk 98 mm.
diameter at distal bulb 48 mm., of middle of stalk 35 mm., breadth of larger
wings 40 mm. and height of the same 22 mm.

In this specimen some of the larger wings have a small secondary wing
growing out of the upper side and rising to the same height as the parent wing.

When living the stalk was perhaps twice as long and much thicker, and
Professor Coe states that in life the wings are notably separated, but in alcohol
they lie in close contact. This specimen greatly extends its geographical range.
No doubt it occurs all along the coast of British Columbia.

Family VIRGULARHXE Verrill, 1869.

Stylatula columbiana Verrill. New Species.

Plate III; Figs. l-4a.

This species belongs to that section of the genus having short supporting
spicules, shorter than the polyp bodies. The only specimen is incomplete,
the naked basal part of the stem being absent. The portion remaining is 116
mm. long, and 5 to 6 mm. thick in the middle.

The wings are relatively large and crowded, about four occur in the distance
of 10 mm., where best developed, or nine to the inch. They are about 5 to 6
mm. wide and 2-5 mm. high, and nearly surround the stalk, broadly over-
lapping from opposide sides. Each of the larger ones has about 20 to 24 polyps,
arranged in a crowded row. At the beginning of the polypiferous portion the
wings are small and crowded, about 10 to 10 mm.

The polyps are relatively large, swollen distally, free for more than half
their length when fully developed, and grouped in clusters of two to six.

The supporting spicules are short, forming a fan-shaped group, not reaching
a third of the width of the wings; none are truly spiniform, the larger ones are
scarcely more than 1 mm. long, and 0-06 to 0-065 mm1, thick, while many are
not more than half as long, and they are linear, somewhat irregular in outline

12 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

with the ends more or less acute (see PI. Ill, figs, la, Ib, Ic), and one tip
sometimes ends in two or three points as if split. In transverse section they
are more or less triquetral. They are usually so arranged as to form about
eight to ten longer pointed groups, with one or two of the longer ones in the
middle, giving a semi-stellate effect.

Another group of spicules, about eight to ten in number, runs down from
the fan-shaped group along the stalk between the pinna3. These are about
as large as the larger of the supporting spicules. The spicules appear white
by reflected light, but by transmitted light they seem to contain an internal
dark pigment. The axis is slender and rather rigid.

The pinnaB of the tentacles are seldom well-preserved, and the tentacles
themselves are mostly incurved and partly contracted. When best preserved
the tentacular pinna3 are short and closely crowded.

Many of the polyps contain a small number of small eggs, both mature
and partly grown. No embryos were seen (see fig. Ic). The distal end of
this specimen is not quite perfect. The pinna?, best-preserved near the end
have about ten polyps, rather smaller than those of the middle (fig. Ib), but
are otherwise similar.

The type was collected at Ucluelet, west coast of Vancouver island,
June, 1909, in 13 fathoms (C. H. Young).

The only additional species of shallow water Pennatulacea, from the Pacific
coast of Canada, known to me, is the following species, remarkable for its great
size — certainly the longest yet discovered — and for the number and variety of
names it has received.

Family PAVONARID^E Dana (Emended)
Verrillia blakei Stearns.

Pavonaria blakei STEARNS, ROBERT C., San Francisco Mining and Scientific

Press, Aug. 9, 1873, (first description of soft parts). '
Verrillia (subgenus) blakei STEARNS, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Aug. 18, 1873, pi.

IX, figs. 1-6; op. cit. Mar. 16, 1874; Amer. Jour. Sci. vol. VII, p. 68, 1874

(reprint).
Osteocella septentrionalis GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. IX, p. 406, 1872;

Nature, Nov. 6, 1873, axis only.

Halipteris blakei STEARNS, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. VI, p. 99, 1883.
Verrillia blakei or Halipteris blakei STEARNS, Amer. Nat., Jan., 1882.
Verrillia blakei WHITEAVES, Canadian Nat. vol. VIII, p. 465, 1878; STEARNS,

Contrib. to Nat. Hist, of Coelenterata, Washington, 1883, Historical Sketch

and Reprint of articles (privately printed).

fBalticina blakei NUTTING, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. XXXV, p. 706, 1909.
f Pavonaria dofleini MOROFF, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. Syst. Geog. and Biol. Thiere,

Vol. XVII, p. 393, 1902.
fPavonaria willemoesi (KOLL.) KUKENTHAL Zool. Jahrb., p. 226, 1913.

This species grows to a great size, sometimes becoming eight feet in length,
with over 7,000 polyps. When living with polyps expanded, it is over an
inch in diameter. Ordinary specimens are three to five feet long.

Dr. J. F. Whiteaves (op. cit.) recorded a specimen in alcohol that was
seven feet eight inches long, with the barren stalk two feet long. This had by
actual count, in one series of rows, 3,802 polyps, in 369 oblique rows, or about
7,600 polyps in the two series.

Mr. Stearns recorded one that was five feet six inches long, with the polypi-
ferous part four feet long; this had 245 oblique rows on each side; the number
of polyps in each full row was from 8 to 11; some have fourteen. The sterile

Alcyonaria G 13

stalk was 17J inches. He gave the average length of 36 specimens as 5 feet
6J inches.

Usually in well preserved specimens, the oblique rows are closely crowded
together or in contact, but this is due to strong contraction. In life they are
more or less separate and more erect. They are arranged chevronwise, and
the rows nearly meet in front. The siphonozooids are in two, long narrow
streaks on the opposite side of the rachis, grouped into open clusters, opposite
the base of each row of polyps. Others occur more or less in lateral lines on
the front side.

The polyps appear to arise directly from the rachis, without being united
even into rudimentary " wings," and their summits, in the specimens I have
seen, seem to be simple, or but faintly bilobed, not acutely bilobed nor armed
with projecting spicules, as in true Balticina. Spicules appear to be lacking
or very few. Nutting states that the calicles have two feeble teeth in those
he examined, and that the calicles are united at their bases by "rudimentary
band-like pinnae". This was not apparent in the examples that I have seen.
He found no spicules in the calicles, or tentacles. This, if correct, would make
this a genus distinct from Balticina and Pavonaria.

The rachis on the back or siphonozoidal side is swollen and strongly convex,
when well preserved.

This notable species was pretty fully described and figured by Mr. Stearns
in August, 1873, (op. cit.) when the soft parts first became known. The bare
axis had been noticed, both in America and England, before that time, and
various opinions had been expressed as to its nature.

Dr. Phillip Slater had exhibited specimens at the meeting of the British
Association, in 1872, and he supposed that they were the axial supports of
some unknown fish. Dr. J. E. Gray, of the British Museum, in 1872 referred
it to his previously proposed genus Osteocella, based on an Australian naked axis,
(perhaps of a Pennatula or Pteroides), but he was in doubt whether it belonged
to a fish or to a Pennatulid. It was also discussed by Dr. James Blake (Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sci., July 17/1871); by Moseley (Nature, vi, Sept., 1872); by White-
aves (Nat. Hist. Soc., Montreal, 1872); W. H. Dall (Amer. Nat. vol. VII, p. 488,
1873); Verrill (Amer. Jour. Sci. vol. VII, p. 70, note, 1873); Mr. Stearns in
February, 1873 (Proc. Cal. Acad.) referred the bare axis provisionally to the
Umbellularida}. Dr. Blake thought it more likely belonged to the sponges.
Prof. Kolliker referred the axis to the Pennatulacea, as did Verrill, in 1874.

The name Osteocella septentrionalis, given by Gray in 1872, to the bare
axis, with only a few words of description, should be regarded as having no
standing, for the remarks made about it would not distinguish it from the axis
of various other genera and species of Pennatulacea. Clearly it could not be
congeneric with his type of Osteocella, whatever that may be. Even up to this
time, its exact generic position is more or less doubtful. Personally I have
never had an opportunity to microscopically study a well-preserved specimen,
and cannot say with certainty whether Verrillia is or is not a valid genus. Mr.
Stearns did not give the microscopic structure, nor state whether it had spicules
or not. Professor Nutting thinks it is identical with Balticina finmar-
chica of the North Atlantic.1 This I do not believe for the numerous specimens
of the latter that I have studied all had two prominent calicinal teeth filled
with spicules and also spicules in the tentacles. The calicles were united into
obvious wings not present in this species.

All the earlier specimens came from Burrard inlet, on which the city of
Vancouver is situated, and Dr. W. H. Dall has recorded specimens from the
Shumagin islands, where, he says, it is troublesome to the cod fishermen by
entangling their lines. No doubt it occurs all along the coast of British Columbia

1 Nutting has described a form from off Japan, in 66 to 428 fathoms, that he thinks is identical with
this and with Balticina finmarchica. It appears to have no spicules in the polyps or stalk. (Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus. vol. 43, p. 38, 1912). It certainly is not B. finmarchia and probably not V. blakei.

14 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

in suitable places. Some of Nutting's specimens which he identified with others
from British Columbia, came from off Pacific Grove, Cal. Pavonaria willemoesi
Kolliker was from Japan.

The earlier specimens were accompanied by statements that it was in the
habit of "swimming" or "darting" actively about with "other fishes." It
may be believed that it ordinarily stands erect in the mud like all the related
species. In that position it may have been easily caught up on fish lines.

Suborder GORGONACEA Verrill, 1865.

Family PRIMNOID^E M. Edw., 1857; Gray, 1859.

Primnoa reseda (Pallas) Verrill.

Gorgonia reseda forma GUNNERUS, Trondhjemske Selsk. Skriv., 2, p. 321, pi.
IX, 1763.

Gorgonia reseda PALLAS, Elenchus Zooph., p. 204, 1766.

Gorgonia lepadifera LINNE, Syst. Nat. Ed. XII, part 2, p. 1289, 1767; ELLIS and
SOLANDER, 1786, p. 84, pi. 13, figs. 1, 2.

Primnoa lepadifera LAMOUROUX, Hist. Polyp .flex., 1816, p. 442, and of many later
writers.

Primnoa reseda VERRILL, Bullet. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. I, p. 37, 1864; Revision
Polyps U.S. Coast, p. 9, 1864; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. X, p. 355,
1866; Ann. Rep. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries, p. 533, 1885. J. ARTHUR
THOMSON, Proc. Royal Phys. Soc.,' Edinburgh, vol. 17, pp. 65-72, pis.
1, 2, 1907.

Primnoa resedceformis BROCH, Kongl. Ved. Selsk. Skr., 1912, No. 2, p. 32.
KUKENTHAL, Zool. Anz. vol. 46, No. 5, p. 146, 1915. JUNGERSEN, Bergens
Mus. Aarbok, 1915-16 (2), p. 26 (distribution).

Plate IV; Figs. 4-6. Plate IX; Fig. I.

A well-grown much branched specimen of this species was taken many
years ago off the northern coast of British Columbia (PL IV). I have seen a
good photograph of the entire specimen, and have examined some of the well-
preserved branches. I have been unable to find any characters distinguishing
it from the well-known North Atlantic form. The latter is found on the Ameri-
can coast of large size, often two or three feet high, with a stout trunk, hard and
calcified at the base. It is common on the fishing banks off Newfoundland and
Nova Scotia, and rare on the fishing banks off the coast of Maine. It occurs
in 50 to 150 fathoms, usually on rough rocky bottoms, nearly always attached
to rocks of considerable size, so that it is often difficult to bring it up entire,
or to detach it from the rocks when well grown, for its axis is very hard and
strong, and its base is broadly attached. For these reasons it is seldom taken
by dredging, though sometimes it has been taken by using the ^'tangles"
on the "Albatross" expeditions. All the larger entire specimens have been
brought up entangled on the deep-water trawl-lines of the fishermen on the
"Banks."

It was taken by the "Albatross" in 1883, on Brown's bank, south of Nova
Scotia, in 100 to 131 fathoms. It is not known to occur south of the mouth
of the bay of Fundy and gulf of Maine.

It is rather widely distributed on the northern coasts of Europe, from
Scotland to Norway, to Iceland and to West Greenland, etc., and is therefore
probably circumpolar.

Atcyonaria G 15

A similar form occurs in the Sagami sea, described as P. japonica by Kinos-
hita.

When seen living, or fresh from the sea, it is light red or delicate salmon-
pink in colour, but the colour soon fades when exposed to the light, and in
drying or in alcohol, so that museum specimens are always white or nearly so.
The spicules are white. Thomson gives (op. cit. 1907, pi. 2) a good coloured
figure of a branch drawn soon after its capture from the Faroe channel. He
also ascertained that it is viviparous, the planulse developing within the polyp-
bodies.

The name P. resedas forma (Gunnerus) as quoted by Pallas, in his "Errata"
(op. cit.) has priority over the name reseda, given by Pallas. In case the work
of Gunnerus is to be considered strictly binomial, his name should be adopted,
as has been done by some recent writers, who however spell it resedas/ ormis.
According to Pallas it was printed by Gunnerus as two words "resedce forma,"
indicating that it was only a descriptive polynomial name, similar to those
given to it by still earlier polynomial writers. I have not had the work of
Gunnerus, and therefore use the name now in general use.

Calligorgia compressa Verrill.

Primnoa compressa VERRILL, Proc. Essex Inst., vol. IV, p. 189, 1865; Trans. Conn.,
Acad. Sci., vol. I, part 2, p. 454, 1869.

This species was originally described from a large specimen denuded of
calicles. It forms a large, much-branched, flattened corallum. The branching
is alternate at acute angles. The axis of the branches and branchlets are com-
pressed, and taper to slender tips. The coral. is hard and calcareous.

The type described was taken off Alaska, on fishermen's lines.

Family MURICEID^E Gray, 1859.

The following large species, which has hitherto been referred to Paramuricea,
differs so much from the typical species of that genus that it should be made
the type of a distinct genus.

Lepidomuricea Verrill. New genus.

Coral large, much branched, the branches extending more or less in one
plane.

The calicles are somewhat prominent, cylindric or truncate-conical, the
margin armed by one or more rows of sharp pointed spines arising from bases
that are flat, lobed, or irregularly branched or foliated; these are imbricated
with submarginals that have similar bases and less acute tips. The coenen-
chyma is hard, rather thick, very spiculose but not spinose, and covered exter-
nally, in life or in alcohol, with a soft skin that conceals the spicules more or
less completely. The polyps, in the type, can retract into the calices, exposing
the anthocodia, which is of moderate size. The opercular spines of the tentacles
are arranged in chevrons, and the wreath of curved spicules is well developed.

The spicules of the coenenchyma are various in size and form. The most
characteristic are rather large, flat, often scale-like, irregularly oblong, sub-
circular, or angular, and often, some are lobed or branched (PL VIII, figs. 1 a-f).
Some of these are 0-63 by 0-33 mm., 0-56 by 0-24 mm., 0-67 by 0-33 mm.
in dimensions. With these are some narrower, irregular forms (figs, g-k) of
various shapes. Some of the spine-tipped spicules of the calicles are 1-03 by
0-55 mm., 0-86 by 0-25 mm. and 0-77 by 0-33 mm. (figs. 2 f-i). There are
also, imbricated towards the base, many thin flat spicules, mostly oblong, with
the edges foliated or deeply lobed (figs. 2 a-e). The spicules of the anthocodia
are slender spindles; those of the collar are curved (figs. 2, j, 1-p).

16 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Lepidomuricea grandis Yen-ill.

Paramuricea grandis VERRILL, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. XI, p. 37, pi. Ill,
figs. 3-3b, 1883.

Plate VIII, Figs. 1-2 (spicules). Plate X, Fig. 1 (general).

The structural characters of this species are sufficiently indicated in the
generic description. It grows to a large size, with stout trunk and branches,
black or dark sepia brown, as preserved, but is reported by the fishermen to
be light orange or salmon colour when living. It often reaches a height of
two feet, and one and a half broad, with the larger branches half an inch thick.
Most of the larger specimens examined have been taken on the deeper fishing
grounds around the Grand Banks, and off Nova Scotia by the Gloucester
fishermen and presented to the U.S. Fish Commission. It was taken by the
"Albatross" at Station 317, Lat. 31° 57' N. in 333 fathoms, and at Station
253, Lat. 40° 53' N. and Long. 66° 24' W. in 956 fathoms. It was also taken
by the "Blake", off Georges Bank, in 524 fathoms.

Jungersen (op. cit., 1916, pp. 28, 31) has doubtfully referred this species
to Paramuricea placomus. It is very different from that species in its spicules as
well as in some other characters, and apparently grows to a much larger size.
The larger spicules of P. placomus are very irregular and roughly branched
and lobed, and those of the coenenchyma are not scale-like. (See PI. VI, figs.
8, 8a, representing spicules from a large Norwegian specimen).

Family BRIAREIDyE Gray, 1859.
Paragorgia pacifica Verrill. New species.

Paragorgia; species, WHITEAVES, Canadian Naturalist, vol. VIII, p. 466, 1878.
Plate VIII; Figs. 3-4 b (details).

This species was described by me for one of Dr. Whiteaves' reports, about
1877, but the description seems not to have been published. I have seen only
the original specimen mentioned by Dr. Whiteaves in 1878.

It is a more delicate and smoother species than P. arborea of the North
Atlantic, and the spicules differ considerably (see PI. VIII, figs. 4-4b). The
type was a profusely branched specimen. The internal structure as seen in
a cross section (fig. 3) is finer and more compact, and the longitudinal canals
(a, a, d, d) are relatively smaller. The central axial portion (e) is quite distinct,
being harder, more compact, and lighter in colour than the surrounding middle
layer (d), its larger spicules are longer and larger, and mostly with fewer warts
(fig. 4b); some are forked. The outer layer or coenenchyma proper (c) con-
tains an abundance of smaller spicules, mostly very irregular warted spindles
of various sizes (see PI. VIII, fig. 4). The type was from Jervis inlet, British
Columbia, taken on fishermen's line,s in about 10 fathoms. (Mr. Richardson's
Collection, 1875). Another was collected by Mr. Wm. Spreadborough, at
Ucluelet, Vancouver island, B.C., in 9 fathcrns, June, 1909. (Col. No. 51,
Ccelenterates, Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa).

Alcyonaria G 17

Paragorgia arborea (L.) E.dw. and H.
Text Figure 1. Plate XIII. Plate XIV; Fig. 1.

This has been recorded by Professor Hickson.1 from the Kadiac islands,
and by others from the North Pacific, together with the form or variety P. nodosa
Koren and Dan. Nutting2 recorded the latter with doubt, from Lat. 54° 30' N.
and^Long. 179° 14' E. in 344 to 372 fathoms, and also from off the Hawaiian
islands, in 423 to 435 fathoms, in 1908.3 Kinoshita recorded both P. arborea
and P. nodosa from Sagami bay.4

Whether any of the above records refer to the P. pacifica I am unable to
say. There may be doubt whether P. pacifica is not a variety of P. arborea.
This can hardly be determined until more specimens come to hand. Careful
study of the spicules in this group is necessary for the determination of species.

X2

Fig. 1. Paragorgia arborea (Linn.). Swollen end of a branch, with ployps and numerous siphonozooida,
partly expanded. From Atlantic Fishing Banks. x2.

Paragorgia arborea (Text fig. 1) is very common on the deeper fishing banks
off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, where it grows to a great size. Some of
the specimens from there have been 4 to 5 feet high, with the main trunk 4
inches in diameter at the base. Specimens two or three feet high are not un-
common. It branches irregularly, often in truly arborescent forms, but in
other cases the branches are irregular and sometimes reunite in various ways.
They often have nodes or bunches, and very often the tips of the branches are
swollen or bilobed (see fig. 1). It has numerous siphonozooids.

iProc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 548, 1915.

'Free. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. 24, p. 99.

3Nutting. op. cit. vol. 24, p. 568, 1908.

4Jour. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 32, p. 32, 1913.

9343—2

18 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

It is often infested with a small actinian (Synanthus mirabilis V.) which
has a base that entirely surrounds a branch, like a ligature, and girdles it, some-
times causing it to break off readily, if not spontaneously.1 (See text Fig. 18).

Nearly all the numerous specimens that I have studied were caught entangled
on the long trawl-lines set for halibut and cod, by the Gloucester fishermen on
the "Banks," and presented to the U.S. Fish Commission. They are now
mostly in the U.S. National Museum, and Yale University Museum,
donations were received from about thirty schooners. Large specimens were
often saved with great trouble and at great risk by the boat crews.2

Anthothela Verrill.

Anthothela VERRILL, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, p. 199.

Briareum (pars) M. SARS, Fauna Litt. Norvegise, p. 63, pi. X, figs. 10-12.

Polyps elongated in expansion, arising from elevated calicles, into which
they are partially retractile, leaving the large anthocodia exposed. Seldom
^iti^vij i-otractile. The oaJioIes arise either from an extended rather thin
spiculose baoal memorane or from slender irregular stems. In the stems there
is a spiculose axis, well differentiated, but not very firm. Spicules are mostly
elongated, strongly warted, often irregular spindles; those of the axis are more
irregular, and with fewer and larger warts and knobs or lobes.

Anthothela grandiflora (M. Sars) Verrill.

Briareum grandiflora M. SARS, op. cit., p. 63, pi. X, figs. 10-12.

Anthothela grandiflora VERRILL, op. cit., p. 199, 1879: Bullet. Mus. Comp-
Zool. Vol. XI, No. 1, p. 40, pi. IV, figs. 6, 6a, 1885: Ann. Rep. U.S. Fish.
Comm. for 1883, p. 535, 1885. J. F. WHITEAVES, Catal. Mar. Invert.
E. Canada, p. 32, 1901.

Plate VI; Figs. 1-4. Text Fig. 2.

This species when young consists of a rather thin, spiculose, crust-like basal
membrane, upon which the prominent erect calicles are irregularly scattered.
When more developed it rises up into thin, irregular, and often interlaced or
adherent branches, which bear the rather prominent calicles irregularly scat-
tered. In the branched form it has a distinct spiculose axis. In this form
it may be 50 mm. to 60 mm. or more in height. The polyps seem capable of
nearly complete retraction within the calicles; the anthocodia are left exposed.
They are covered with eight large groups of many convergent spicules contained
in the stalks of the tentacles and arranged chevron wise; below these there is
a collar or wreath containing numerous slender spicules placed obliquely and
transversely in many rows. Those of the basal part of the anthocodia are
shorter and arranged transversely in about six rows; proximally they are smaller.
Most of the calicles are distinctly 8-ribbed, especially distally, and 8-lobed at

xSee Amer. Jour. Science, vol. 7, pp. 211, 217, fig. 23, 1899.

2Lists of the numerous valuable donations made by captains and crews of each schooner were pub-
lished in the Cape Ann Advertiser, weekly in 1878 and 1879, and were subsequently reprinted in the Annual
Report of the Fish Comm. for 1879, p. 783. Most of the Invertebrates were identified by me, except
Crustacea, identified by Prof. S. I. Smith. They included over 700 lots, and contained many new
genera and species in nearly all classes of Invertebrates as well as various strange fishes. That list should
be consulted for the fauna of the Fishing Banks

.4. Icyonaria

G 19

the summit. The cortex of the calicles and ccenenchyma is finely granulous
under a lens; when dried, and the surface is filled with an abundance of very
small irregular and pop-corn shaped spicules, with roughly warted and mostly
spindle-shaped spicules beneath, mixed with some irregular clubs, rods, and
many small irregular forms of various shapes (PL VI, fig. 3). The longer spicules
of the tentacle-bases and anthocodia (PL VI, fig. 2) are slender, acute, warted
spindles, often curved or irregular; those more distal in the tentacles are partly
smaller warted spindles, but many are oblong warted rods and irregular forms.
The larger ones in the anthocodia are from 0-5 to 0-65 mm. long.

The spicules of the axis (PL VI, fig. 4) are irregular rods, long narrow clubs,
and spindles, with few lobes and tubercles, mixed with many irregular kinds,
all closely packed together longitudinally. The larger ones are from 0-40 to
0-65 mm. long; some are regular spindles, longer than any figured.

The ccenenchyma spicules are from 0-40 to 0-45 mm. long. Many are
acute spindles, longer and more regular than any figured

The calicles when dried keep their shapes pretty well. They are then up
to 3-6 mm. high and about 3 mm. in diameter in the middle; height of anthocodia
2-5 to 3 mm.; diameter 2 to 2-7 mm. The basal part of the calicles is usually
somewhat swollen and there is often a constriction below the margin. Colour
in life buff or light yellow, fading in alcohol.

It adheres to stones, shells, barnacles, etc., but most frequently to the
axis of dead Gorgonians, especially of Keratoisis ornata V. When seated near
the end of a branch it often grows out from the end of the broken branch, con-
tinuing it by a spiculose axis of its own forming.

Fig. 2. Anthothela grandiflora VeT-. a, b, Parts of a branching specimen enlarged; c, part of an encrusting
specimen.

It was first discovered in American waters off Sable island, Nova Scotia,
in deep water by Captain N. McPhee and crew of the schooner Carl Schurz,
of Gloucester, Mass. Other specimens were subsequently brought in by several
fishing schooners, from the Banks, off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. It was
also taken by the Albatross in 1881, at Station 1031, in 255 fathoms.

9343—2)

20 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Suborder ALCYONACEA Verrill, 1865; emended.

Family ALCYONID^E Verrill, 1865.

Alcyonium siderium. New species.

Alcyonium digitatum (?) VERRILL, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 2, p. 199, 1879
(description).

Text Fig. 3.

This species has never been taken in our waters but once, so far as I know.
The two original specimens were much alike. It has not yet been figured, and
therefore I have illustrated it here (fig. 3). It seemed to be distinct from the
common European species, A. digitatum, to which it is nearly allied. It grows
in*the form of flattened lobes or fronds, covered to the base with spaced slightly
raised calicles, and with a finely grantilose ccenenchyma between the calicles,
which is filled with small white simple warted spicules, mostly acute spindles.

Off Cape Cod, on the Fishing Bank, in 80 fathoms. It was found where the
the bottom is rocky, and probably it occurs on all the more northern fishing
banks off Nova Scotia on rough rocky bottoms, where it is hard to use suitable
apparatus for collecting adherent species.

The type is in the U.S. National Museum.

Fig. 3. Alcyonium sidereum Ver. sp. nov. Type. Drawn while living, x 1J.

Family NEPHTHYID^) Verrill, 1865.
Nephthyidce VERRILL, Proc. Essex Inst., Vol. VI, p. 46, 1869,

Gersemia canadensis Verrill. New species.
Plate I; Figs. 2-2d. Plate II; Fig. 5 a-t. Plate III; Fig. 8.

This species, contracted in alcohol, has various forms, much like those of
G. rubiformis. The specimens are attached to dead shells and stones by a thin
expanded base, which appears finely granulose under a lens, especially when

Alcyonaria G 21

dried. This is due to the. abundance of minute rough white spicules (see PI.
II, figs. 5 a-g). The main stalk is naked near the base, or it may have a few
isolated calicles, but it soon gives off numerous short branches, which in con-
traction are mostly clavate or enlarged at the tip, and bear clusters of polyps
which are somewhat longer than those of G. rubiformis, and more rigid and
spiculose, especially distally, so that they seem nearly incapable of complete
retraction. These colonies are yellowish brown in alcohol and the spicules
are white.

The calicles are somewhat larger and more stellate than in G. rubiformis,
and are slightly raised above the general surface (PL I, figs. 2b, 2c). The margin .
has eight blunt or rounded lobes; slightly raised riblets often radiate from the
lobes. The larger polyps are usually surrounded by some immature ones,
with very little ccenenchyma between them. The surface of the calicles and
interspaces is so filled with minute, rough, white spicules that it is rather
firm or stiff in contraction.

The polyps, in alcohol, are mostly more or less exsert, though very often
the narrower proximal part is retracted wholly or partly into the calicles, leaving
the thicker distal part exposed, serving as a more or less swollen or conical
spiculose anthocodia. This distal part of the polyp body is covered with an
abundance of slender spindle-shaped, mostly acute spicules, arranged in chevrons
in eight double rows; but proximally the spicules become obliquely transverse
in about ten to twelve rows, where the anthocodia narrows down to the smaller
proximal region. The latter is much wrinkled, due to contraction, and bears
eight double rows of much smaller spicules, arranged chevron wise.

The tentacles are long, swollen near the base, and have rather long and
slender pinnae. Small spicules extend some distance along the aboral .side, at
first arranged in chevrons, but becoming irregular in contracted specimens.
The tentacles seem not to be able to contract very much, but are often incurved
over the oral area.

The surface spicules average about the same in size as those of G. rubiformis.
The most numerous of the larger kinds are shown on PI. II, figs. 5 h-1; but
there are many smaller and irregular forms, and a few compound crossed ones,
like fig. 5 p, also a considerable number of elongated simple warty spindles
like q, r, r, and s, which are magnified 165 diameters. The slender warty spindles
from the distal part of the polyps and anthocodia are shown in fig. 5 t, t. t,
which are magnified 165 times.

The main stalk and naked part of the branches also have a layer of minute
spicules, some of the larger ones from the base being illustrated in fig. 5 a-g
magnified 165 times.

The larger specimens strongly contracted in alcohol are 40 mm. high, and
35 mm. broad with 25 to 30 branches, divided into about 60 to 70 branchlets,
which are sometimes again divided. Some of the largest have as many as 35
branches. A young ovate specimen is 24 mm. high, and 11 mm. broad; naked
stalk is 5 mm. long, branches simple, about twenty. Many specimens were
taken in the gulf of St. Lawrence at Station 31, in about 30 fathoms, off
Cheticamp, N.S., Sept. 4, 1917, and at several other stations, by the Biological
Board vessel Prince. Cat. No. 53, Ccelenterates, Victoria Memorial Museum,
Ottawa (cotypes).

This species closely resembles G. carnea in its form and mode of branching.
Perhaps it may eventually prove to be a variety of that species. The principal
distinctive feature is the larger size and the more elongated forms of the cortex
spiclues, which are also more abundant, and the more numerous and larger
spicules of the anthocodia and tentacles.

22 G Cumnlian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918 m

Gersemia carnea (Ag.) Vcrrill.

Halcyonium carneum L. AGASSIZ, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1850, p. 20!).

Alcyonium carneum VERRILL, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 1, page 39, Jan. is'i 1 :
Revision Polyps E. Coast U.S. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. 1, p. 4,
1864; Invert. Vineyard Sound, pp. 203 (497), 443 (737), pi. 38, fig. 283,
1873 (Polyps): Ann. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm., 1883, p. 533: Expl. Casco Bay,
Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Vol. for 1873, p. 364, pi. VI, fig. 4 (Polyps);
Webster's International Dictionary, p. 37 (figure from life).

Plate IV; Fig. 1 (general), Figs. 2, 3 (spicules). Plate XI; Fig. I.
•

This elegant species is common from the gulf of St. Lawrence to southern
New England, both in shallow water and down to 40 to 50 fathoms

Although very distinct from G. rubiformis it has often been confused with
that species, especially when its colour is pink or pale red. Usually while living
its colour is pale flesh colour or salmon colour, but it is often light orange or
pale red. It grows to considerable size, up to 120 mm. high, or more, and is
then much branched (see PI. XI). When fully expanded it is translucent and
very elegant in appearance (PL IV, fig. 1). The tips of its slender branches
are covered with the delicate and almost transparent polyps, in small clusters,
and the yellow or orange eggs can be seen in the tubes of the branches and
trunk through the integument. In contraction, the branches become short
with round or clavate tips, but it does not have a dense coating of spicules,
like the other two species already described. Consequently it is much softer,
smoother and more translucent. It is often much more branched than the
specimen figured on PL IV, which was less than half grown. It was photo-
graphed while living and fully expanded in a small plate glass aquarium. An
example of unusually large size is figured on PL XI, from an alcoholic specimen.

The spicules of this species are smaller than in the preceding species, and
though somewhat similar in general appearance, their forms are characteristic
(PL IV, fig. 2). The larger ones of the stalks and branches are partly small
short double-heads, "dumb-bells" or double clubs (fig. 2, i-k) with very prom-
inent ornamented processes or warts, as in i, j, which are unusually large forms,
or in the form of acute spindles, as in g, h ; most (jowever are more irregular and
smaller, with relatively large projections (1-p), in popped-corn shapes, as seen
enlarged 140 diameters. Under lower powers of the microscope many of the
smaller of the spicules appear like small stellate forms, especially when viewed
endwise, like q, r, s.

The polyps are long and prominent in expansion, but they are very contrac-
tile. They are able to retract entirely, but usually leave the anthocodia exposed
when preserved in alcohol. The anthocodia is covered with abundant elongated
slender warted spindles, some of which are bent, but usually there are some
sub-clavate forms, or even branched forms; the base of the anthocodia contains
a wreath of similar spicules placed nearly transversely; the proximal part of
the polyp in preserved specimens is smaller, wrinkled and usually has few
small transverse spicules or none. The tentacles contain slender, irregular
spindles, with rod-like and clavate shapes and other small forms; pinnae usually
have no spicules.

In the anthocodia the slender spicules are rather uniform in size and they
are arranged in chevrons, pretty regularly,in eight double rows becoming obliquely
transverse and forming a wreath where the mesenterial body-column begins.
The walls of the proximal part of the polyp or mesenterial region is nearly
destitute of spicules; when any occur they are small slender rods and spindles,
decidedly smaller than those of the anthocodia. In preserved specimens it
often happens that this more flexible part is withdrawn and the anthocodia

Alcyonaria - G 23

remains exsert. This may happen to the entire colony, or part of the polyps
may be in this state and part may be entirely retracted, depending upon the
intensity of the contraction. Thus the general appearance varies considerably.
The mode of branching in the larger specimens is arborescent but quite variable
and irregular.

The walls of the main stalk and larger branches, when not greatly con-
tracted show, under the microscope, the small, short, often somewhat stellate
spicules scattered and well separated. On the stems of the smaller branches
the spicules are usually more numerous, and some are larger, often interlocking,
but in some places well separated. The calicles are not at all prominent, usually
immersed, and surrounded or separated by a small amount of ccenenchyma.
The spicules of the branches vary much in size in different specimens, according
to the locality of origin.

In general, the spicules are mostly about three-fourths the size of the
corresponding forms in G.rubiformis, but sometimes are nearly as large. The
figures of the spicules on PL IV, are much more enlarged than those of the
latter, or those of G. canadensis.

This species is common on stony or shelly bottoms from the southern part
of the gulf of St. Lawrence to the moderately deep waters near Block island
and Watch hill, R.I., and off Stonington, Conn. It is most common in 10 to
30 fathoms but occurs down to 55 fathoms. I have taken it at low water of
extremely low tides at Eastport, Maine. It was found by us particularly large
and abundant south of Cape Breton, N.S., and off Cape Cod in 15 to 20 fathoms.
At the latter place it was associated with great numbers of Gorgonocephalus
(or Astrophytori) agassizii, which were clinging tenaciously to the Alcyonarians
by their tendril-like arm-branches. It does not appear to extend to the sub-
arctic coasts nor to any great depths.

VARIETY OR SUB-SPECIES, G. carnea microstella V., Plate IV; fig. 3.

The specimens coming from south of Cape Cod to the eastern part of Long
Island sound differ from the more northern ones in having the spicules of the
cortex of the stalk and branches much smaller and farther apart. They are
also more stellate in form. The modes of branching, form, and colours, are
the same as in the trypical form (see PL IV, fig. 3, a-m).

Gersemia fruticosa (M. Sars) Molander.

Alcyonium fruticosum M. SARS, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiana, 1860, p. 140.
KOREN and DANIELSSEN, Fauna Litt. Norvegiae, Vol. iii, p. 81, pi. Ill, fig.
8-II, 1877.

Gersemia florida MARENZELLER, Akad. Wiss. Wien, Vol. 35, p. 375, pi. Ill, figs.
2-3, 1878, (non Rathke, t. Jungersen.)

Gersemia danielsseni MARENZELLER, Die Inter. Polarf., 1882-1883 (t. Jungersen).

Voeringia fruticosa + V. arborea- JUNGERSEN, Kara Havets Alcyonider,
Dijmphna Togtets, Zool. Bot. Udbytte, pp. 375-378, pi. 32, figs. 1-13:
pi. 33, figs. 1-12, 1887.

V. mirabilis + fruticosa -f abyssicola + polaris + pygmcea + dryopsis -\-Jan Mayeni -f-
clavata+capitata+Barathrobius digitatus+B. palmatus-{-Krystalophanes pol-
aris-{-Fulla schierztii + Nannodendron elegans.-\- Nidalia arctica-\-Organidus
nordenskioldii + Sarakka crassa, etc. (t. Jungersen), DANIELSSEN, N.
Nordhavs Exped., Alcyonida, 1887, pi. 1, 2, 7, 8-10, 15, 16-21, 22, 23, in
part.

24 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Eunephthya clavata+E. fruticosa+Nidalia arctica+Krystallofanes -\-Sarakka,
KUKENTHAL, Tiefsec Exped., 1898-99, Valdivia, Vol. 13, pp. 73, 74, 77,
1906 (t. Jungersen).

Eunephthya fruticosa JUNGERSEN, Danmarks Eksped. til Gr^n lands Nord-
ostkyst, 1906-1908, B. iii, No. 18, Alcyonaria of East Greenland, p. 489, 1916
(gives full synonmy and distribution).

Gersemia fruiicosa MOLANDER, pp. cit. pp. 48, 60, pi. I, figs. 2-5, 9, 11, 12, 13,
1915. Includes as varieties: — arctica; loricata+abyssorum', membranea+
hyalina and frigida; pallida, not;.; and rigida, nov. He regards mirabilis;
clavata+crassa as distinct species, though united with it by Jungersen.

Plate III; Figs. 5-7.

This species, when well-grown, consists of a short naked stalk, dividing
from near the base into more or less numerous branches, which again may
divide and subdivide in large examples. The terminal branchlets may be
blunt, clavate or capitate, mostly clavate when contracted. Each branchlet
may be terminated by few or many slender, elongated polyps, arising from
slightly raised 8-lobed calicles, and varying in age and size. The polyps are so
stiffened with small spicules that they are nearly or quite incapable of complete
contraction within the calicles, but in alcoholic specimens the proximal part,
about a third or half of the length, is often contracted to a smaller diameter
and less length than the more or less swollen distal part, or anthocodia,
owing to its smaller and less abundant spicules, and it is then usually wrinked
both transversely and longitudinally, and in this state it may be partly with-
drawn into the calicles. But the enlarged distal part remains above the calicle
as a prominent anthodia, covered with an abundance of small, slender, often
bent, fusiform warted spicules, which are arranged in chevrons, in double rows
on the distal part, but become obliquely transverse, and about twelve in a group,
on the proximal part of the swollen region, thus forming a "wreath," as it
decreases in size to join the smaller basal part. The latter is much smaller,
in alcoholic specimens, cylindric, slightly 8-ribbed, and is strengthened by eight
double rows of small fusiform, warted, spicules, arranged in chevrons. These
spicules are much smaller than those in the anthocodia (see PL III, figs. 5, 6).
The tentacles also contain small spicules along the aboral side to near the end
of the stalk. The larger of these are small spindles which in a contracted
tentacle appear to lie nearly transversely to the stalk, but in the normal extended
condition, they appear to have been arranged in open chevrons; none are seen
in the pinnules. The tentacles are long, somewhat swollen proximally, but
tapered to slender tips; their larger pinnae are long and slender. The tentacles
seem incapable of contraction within the oral depression, but can be incurved
rather closely, though in alcoholic specimens they are mostly not more than half
contracted, and some are nearly fully distended. The anthocodia terminates
in eight small obtuse lobes or scallops, corresponding to the tentacle bases.
These lobes are stiffened by small spicules and in alcohol contain a dark pigment.
All the spicules are white in alcohol.

The various forms of spicules from the anthocodia and tentacles, are mostly
illustrated in PL III, fig. 7, but the smaller forms are omitted. The larger
spicules on the distal part of the polyps (fig. 7, b-g) are slender spindles, -more
or less warty, often with one end more attenuated and smoother than the other;
both ends may be acute or one may be blunt or bi-lobed while the smaller end
may be acute. With these there are a few larger and stouter warted spindles
(fig. a), and very many smaller warted forms that come from the proximal
part of the polyp-body, from the tentacles and from other parts (fig. 7, h-n),
but only a few are figured: l-o were probably also from the tentacles. The
slender spindles from the anthocodia are mostly ten to twelve times longer

Alcyonaria - G 25

than thick; some are about 0-28 mm. long and 0-03 mm. in diameter; others
0-25 by 0-38, 0-25 by 0-03; the larger spindles are about 0-31 mm. long and
0-05 thick. The superficial layer of the stalk contains very small rough warty
spicules, but not enough to make it rigid or firm.

The American specimen, described above, is from Richmond gulf, east
side of Hudson bay, in 15 to 30 fathoms, collected by A. P. Low, June, 1899,
accompanied by G. rubiformis. This specimen, which is a main branch of a
large one, is only partially contracted in alcohol. It is 26 mm. long and 30 mm.
broad. It divides near the base into three main branchlets, each of which
has numerous smaller branchlets, most of which are clavate, with small clusters
of exsert polyps; besides these are some single polyps arising both from the
stem and from the stalks of the branchlets. The integument of the stalks is
everywhere much wrinkled, showing considerable contraction, perhaps 50 per
cent or more. The exsert polyps (PL III, fig. 5), when full grown, not including
the tentacles, are from 1-8 to 2-5 mm. long, and the thicker distal part is from
0-8 to 1-00 mm. in diameter, in alcoholic specimens. Three specimens were
collected in Richmond gulf, in 15 to 20 fathoms, 1920, by F. Johansen. Young
of Gorgonocephalus lamarcku adhered to these.

The numerous generic and specific names that this species has received,
are most of them due to too much importance being given to different states
of contraction and variations in the forms -of the colonies, also due partly to
different stages of growth.

According to Jungersen this species has already been referred to thirteen
genera, and has had twenty-five specific names. Yet none of the combinations
of names given by him seem to be tenable.

This species must be considered the type of Gersemia (Marenzeller, 1883),
and should receive the earliest specific name, fruticosa (M. Sars), as Molander
has used it.

It should not be referred to the earlier genus Eunephthya, for its calicles
contain only minute spicules, not in the least thorny nor with rough spinose
projecting lobes, as explained above.

Ktikenthal and Jungersen also referred to this species with doubt the
Gersemia longiflora, described and figured by me in 1883 and 1885, from deep-
water off Delaware bay. The latter, however, seems to be quite distinct from
all the Arctic forms. It has larger and very much longer polyp-bodies, and its
spicules are much smaller and more slender; mostly delicate rods and slender
spindles (see PL IV, fig. 8, PL XIV, figs. 3, 3a).

As shown above in the synonymy, both Kiikenthal and Jungersen united
under this species a large number of genera and species well described and
figured by ' Danielssen (op. cit. 1887). They were without full agreement in
several cases. Molander accepted most of this consolidation, but kept G.
mirabilis, G. clavata, and G. uvceformis as distinct species. At^the same time
he recognized several marked varieties of G. clavata, viz.: arctica, loricata, frigida,
pallida, and rigida.1

1 By including in the synonymy given above, so many of the nominal genera and species described
and figured by Danielssen, I do not assume to express any personal opinion as to so much consolidation,
for I have not seen many of the forms described, nor have I given any adequate study to the larger num-
bers of forms received from pur northern fishing banks, and now in the U.S. National Museum. In general
they received only superficial examination when brought in and listed for the weekly records, for other
duties required more attention. Danielssen saw all or most of those he described while in the living
or at least fresh condition, and gives life-like colours, for he was one of the naturalists of the Expedition.
Moreover he evidently made careful studies of the spicules, and other microscopic details. In this group
appearance in life should, no doubt, count for considerable value. Therefore those numerous names are
included entirely on the authority of Jungersen and Kiikenthal. Very likely several should be omitted
from this synonymy.

Danielssen described and figured Nannodendron elegans as having numerous siphonozooids, which
contained ova. I have never seen such structures in any Gersemia. In general appearance it is otherwise
much like G. rubiformis. having the same lobulate form of branches with small retractile polyps, but it
has no anthocodial wreath of spicules. It is probably a valid genus.

20

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

The specimen described above and figured by me, from Hudson bay,
seems to agree best with the typical form from off Newfoundland in 290 meters.
I have not seen many specimens from the Fishing Banks. It is known from
Baffin bay, 358 meters; Davis sound, 61 meters ; Greenland, 70 to 738 meters.
It has a wide distribution in the Arctic ocean, and is probably circumpolar.
It is common in the Kara sea. In depth it ranges from 10 to 1,300 fathoms.

Gersemia mirabilis (Dan.) Molander.

Vceringia mirabilis DANIELSSEN, op. cit., pp. 1-8, pi. I, figs. 1-40; pi. II, figs.

1-2, 1887.

Voeringia arborea JUNGERSEN, op. cit., p. 375, pi. XXXIII, figs. 1-12, 1887.
Eunephthya mirabili* KUKENTHAL, op. cit., p. 345, 1907; Alcyon. Sibir. Eism.,

p. 5, 1909.

Eunephthya fruticosa JUNGERSEN (pars), op. cit., p. 11, 1916.
Gersemia mirabilis MOLANDER, op. cit., p. 48, text cut 12, p. 69, pi. I, fig. 10,

1915.

Plate V; Fig. 5 (spicules). Text Fig. 4.

This is a large luxuriant species (or variety) closely related to G. fruticosa,
to which Jungersen, in his later works, has united it. But Kukenthal and
Molander, who have apparently had abundant materials, have .kept it separate.
It is a common form n'ear or on the Grand Banks of Newfoundland, where it
sometimes becomes 150 to 200 mm. high.

Its spiculation is distinctly unlike that of varieties of G. fruticosa that I
have seen. Therefore I am led to keep it distinct, for our numerous specimens
are not now available for reexamination. It has a large stout trunk, when
well grown, which branches arborescently from near the base, giving off large
branches with naked stalks; these in turn give off secondary and often tertiary
branchlets, which bear clusters of few or numerous elongated polyps, both
laterally and terminally. These seem incapable of complete retraction. The
anthocodia and the more or less curled up tentacles remaining exposed in alcoholic
specimens. Perhaps the immature polyps may retract.

Fig. 4. Gersemia mirabilis (Dan). Type. A terminal cluster of polyps, enlarged. After Danielssen.

The anthocodia is commonly smaller than the proximal part of the polyp-
body, in alcoholic specimens, but the reverse is often seen. The proximal part
is often swollen or inflated. The division between the two regions is not notable.

Alcyonaria G 27

The anthocodia is filled with numerous spicules arranged chevron-wise in
eight double rows. These spicules are slender, elongated, finely warted spindles,
and rod-shaped forms, some of them bent in bow shape. These spicules, as
warted spindles, extend into the aboral side of the tentacles, often to near the
tips, becoming gradually smaller, in contraction appearing nearly transverse,
but really in two rows, somewhat in chevrons. They do not enter the pinnules,
and are small at the bases of the tentacles. They are mostly stumpy, irregular,
warted spindles, and blunt double spindles, with a few clubs and crosses.

The middle portion of the polyp-body also has short, blunt, roughly warted
spindles and double spindles, much shorter and rougher than those of the
anthocodia.

The proximal part of the polyp-body has somewhat larger and more strongly
warted blunt spindles, with some 4-parted spicules or crosses. The spicules
of the exterior of the branches and stalk, are short thick strongly warted or
lobed ellipsoids, double-spindles, and double-heads, often nearly as broad as
long; many are popped-corn shaped. (PL V, fig. 5, h-1). The stomodseum has
eight rows of small fusiform spicules, according to Danielssen.1

The type of this species was from off Spitzbergen, in 267 metres. It is
also known from the Siberian sea and Kara sea. Molander recorded it from
off Newfoundland in 290 metres. Many specimens of large size were formerly
taken in deep water, on and between the fishing banks off Newfoundland and
Nova Scotia, and presented to the U.S. Fish Commission. They are mostly
in the U.S. National Museum.

The description of the spiculation of this species given by Molander (op.
cit. 1915) does not agree well with the original description and elaborate figures
given by Danielssen. By the latter the anthocodial spicules are represented
as abundant, and so are those of the cortex of the stem and branches, but Molander
describes these parts as feebly spiculose. Moreover he gives the forms of
spicules unlike those figured by Danielssen in many cases. I have followed
Danielssen in this case.

. It may prove to be merely the full-grown state of G. fruticosa, as Jungersen
considered it.

Gersemia clavata (Dan.) Molander.

Voeringia clavata DANIELSSEN, op. cit., pp. 29-32, pi. XX, figs. 45-83, 1887.

Paraspongodes clavata STUDER, Res. Camp. Prince de Monaco in "Hirondelle,"
Vol. XX, p. 31, 1901.

Eunephthya crassa KUKENTHAL, Revis. Alcyon., Nephthyidse, Zool. Jahrb.
Abt. Syst., Vol. XXIV, 1907: Voy. Olga, 1898; Alcyon. Sib. Eismeeres,
1909, BROCK, Due d'Orleans, Camp. Arct., p. 19, 1912.

Gersemia clavata MOLANDER, op. cit., pp. 48, 56, pi. 1, figs. 2-3, 8, 1915.

Eunephthya clavata var. pellucida KUKENTHAL, Olga Exped., p. 23, pi. I/ fig. 1,
1906; Alcyon. Siberischen Eismeeres, p. 5, 1909.

Plate V; Figs. 3, 3a, 4 (spicules).

This form has the branches short and thick, often clavate, and covered
over most of their length with the polyps, which are usually much crowded in
contracted specimens. The smaller specimens are apt to be thyrsiform or
ovate in shape. One example before me, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, is of

Danielssen (op. cit., 1887) gave very excellent illustrations (pi. 1, 2) of the anatomy and histology of
this species, including the nerve-cells and ganglion cells, etc., as well as details of the spiculation. The
colour in life, according to him, is yellow.

28 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

this form. Its height is 35 mm., breadth 15 mm., length of naked stem 10 mm.
It is attached to an annelid tube which is entirely enclosed by the base. The
polyps are all in partial expansion. They entirely cover the short clavate
branches except for a very short naked basal area. Although crowded they
show in some places naked ccenenchyma between them.

The anthocoidal area of the polyps is relatively large, strongly eight-ribbed,
often half the length of the exposed polyp-body, and is filled with eight double
rows of slender warted spicules in chevrons. It is usually separated from the
proximal part by a constriction, and by a wreath of spicules, placed obliquely
and transversely.

The proximal part of the polyp-body is usually equal in diameter to the
anthocodia, and often larger. It is usually eight-ribbed and has eight rows
of small spicules. In strongly contracted specimens the anthocodial area is
the larger one.

The tentacles have swollen prominent bases, with the tips curled in over
the oral area in most cases. They are stiffened by numerous small spindles.
Those of the proximal part of the body are similar but shorter, thicker and more
strongly warted. The spicules of the cortex of the stem are short and wide,
ellipsoidal, ovoid, or short fusiform, partly of those kinds that I have called
popped-corn shaped (figs. 4, h-1). Some of these have a narrow naked median
zone; others none at all; their lobes are prominent, often divided or lacerate at
the tips. Some compound crosses also occur with irregular unequal branches
and prominent lobes. For comparison I have reproduced in outline several
of the figures given by Danielssen, from his type (see PI. V, fig. 4). This form
was united to G.fruticosa by Jungersen (1916), but was kept as a distinct species
by Kiikenthal (1906, 1909), and by Molander (1915). In general form it
seems quite distinct, but there are no marked differences in the spicules. Kiiken-
thal recognized a variety, pellucida, from off Spitzbergen and the Siberian
coast in 40 and 21 meters.

Molander recognized several varieties: — crassa, pellucida, and truncata.

It is very nearly allied to G. carnea, and is widely distributed in the Arctic
ocean. Molander records it from off Newfoundland in 164 meters. The
specimen described above was from Station 35 or 36, 1873, in the gulf of St.
Lawrence, and was sent by the late Dr. J. F. Whiteaves. Studer recorded it
from off the Azores in 927 meters.

Eunephthya Verrill (typical).

Eunephthya VEBRILL, Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. 47, p. 284, March, 1869, Remarks

on Halcyonid Polyps, No. 3. Type designated w&sNephthya thyrsoidea Ver.

from Cape of Good Hope (not Eunephthya of Ktikenthal, Jungersen and

others, nor of Thomson, 1910, South African).
Capnella KUKENTHAL (non GRAY), Valdivia Exped., Bd. XIII, 1906; THOMSON,

J. S., Alcyonaria of the Cape of Good Hope and Natal, Alcyonacea, Trans.

Royal Soc. of Edinburgh, Vol. XLVII, part 3, No. 19, p. 375, 1910.

When this genus was originally established by me, E. thyrsoidea V. (there
misspelled thyrsoides) was definitely designated as the type. Several more
recent writers have misinterpreted the genus, so as to include several arctic
and boreal species that are quite unlike the type in the character of the calicles,
spicules, etc.

When it was established, however, I mentioned an undescribed species
from Greenland as one to be included in the genus, under the name of E.
glomerata (Liitken's MS. name on labels). The latter was then briefly described
(1869) and was more fully described by me in 1883, as lutkeni (on account of
erroneously supposed previous use of glomerata). It has since had various
names both generic and specific (see below).

Alcyonaria G 29

As originally established, with its designated type, it is identical with
Capnella Kukenthal, *• who described my species as C. rugosa.

Capnella has been made to include several other Indo-Pacific species,
rhich should be referred to Eunephthya. Among these are E. spicata (May)
>m Zanzibar; E. gilchristi (Thomson) South Africa, 40 fathoms; E. fungiformis.
1. thyrsoidea Verrill, was from 20 fathoms, off False bay, Cape of Good Hope.

Unfortunately Kukenthal applied the name Eunephthya to the second
>ecies mentioned by me, and then extended it to include numerous other
Arctic species belonging to the genera Gersemia Mar., Duva and Drifa Danielssen,

My E. glomerata, before KukenthaFs " emendation," had already been
placed in two new genera by Danielssen, viz., Drifa and Gersemiopsis. Thus
jven if E. thyrsoidea had not been named by me as the type, it would have
>ecome so automatically by reason of the placing of E. glomerata in a new
genus by Danielssen, in 1887, long before Capnella was expanded.

Paraspongodes2 has been used for these various northern forms by May
(1898), and by others. It is a heterogenous group, practically a synonym of
Eunethphya Kukenthal, in its extended use, and preceded by eight generic names
given by Danielssen and others, and therefore it should be dropped for all of
our northern genera. Kukenthal described and figured a new species, (P.
crassa, p. 132, pi. viii, fis. 26, 27) which is apparently generically distinct from
any of our forms, and might be considered the type of his restricted genus.

Molander (op. cit. 1915) judiciously adopted Gersemia (it being prior to
Vceringia Dan.) for the group typified by G. fruticosa, but he still retained
Eunephthya to include the glomerata group (Drifa), together with the florida-
group, named Duva by Danielssen. I believe that these two groups should be
separated as genera, but Eunephthya should not be used for either of them.

Eunephthya thyrsoidea Verrill.
Plate V; Figs. 1, la. Type.

This was briefly described by me in 1865, in Proc. Essex. Inst., Salem, Mass.,
Vol. IV, p. 151, and more fully, with some figures, in the same volume (p. 192,
figs. 8-8b); and later, in 1869, the characteristic spicules were described with
their measurements. The larger original specimens seem to have been destroyed
in the great Chicago fire.3

However I still have microscopical preparations from the type-specimen,
including the spicules now figured. I also have in my collection, a small co-
type, in good preservation. This, so far as I know, is the only one remaining.
This specimen is 25 mm. high and 10 mm. broad. The naked stalk occupies
about half the height. The whole forms a thyrsoid or club-shaped polypidom.
The polypiferous part is thyrsiform, with about a dozen crowded, short, clavate
larger branches, entirely covered by the polyps, which are closely crowded,
thirty to forty standing on each branch; below these there are several small
or incipient branches with three to ten polyps, and some polyps stand singly
or in pairs on the upper part of the stem, and, also, sometimes on the branches.

'It does not agree with typical Capnella Gray (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. Ill, p. 129, 1869), type
Ammothea imbricata Edw. Gray says the outer surface is studded with small flat, smooth, irregular-
shaped spicules and that the cells are "campanulate slightly eight-lobed" also that the polyps are retrac-
tile, all of which are very different in Eunephthya (typical).

2Kukenthal, Alcyonaceen von Ternate, p. 171, 1896.

3Most of the collections of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition of which I wrote had beenTeturned
to Dr. Wm. Stimpson, naturalist of the Expedition, and then Director of the Chicago Museum, before
that Museum was burned with all its valuable collections. A few duplicates were previously deposited
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, where they are still preserved. Among them are co-types of
the large Spongodes gigantea and S. capitata, and a few other Alcyonaria, but not E. thyrsoidea.

30 c, Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

The exsert and strongly incurved polyps are echinate, with about four principal
rows of lacerate and spinulose or thorny processes, arising from the larger ends
and >idrs of rudely club-shaped spicules, and projecting through the cortex
(see PI. V, figs. 1, la); more proximally the spicules are less clavate and less
foliate, \\iili smaller spinule-like projections especially from the outer side;
laterally the spicules are mostly coarsely warted spindles and narrow clubs.
Spicules are lacking on the incurved inner side. The tentacles are spiculose.
In sections the stalk has numerous canals, separated by thick walls. This
species has more recently been very fully described and illustrated by Kiikenthal,
and also by Thomson (op. cit., pp. 575-577, pi. ii, fig. 10, general; pi. IV, fig.
42, spicules) under the name Capnella rugosa. Thomson, in the same work
(pp. 580, 581, pi. iii, fig. 20, pi. IV, fig. 41, spicules), has described a very different
species under the name E. thyrsoidea V. It belongs, perhaps, to a different
genus, and does not have the clavate and foliated spicules in the polyp-walls,
so conspicuous in the former. It resembles rather some northern species of
Gersemia.

From the above discussion it will be evident that the name Eunephthya
cannot be used legitimately for any of our northern genera or species. There-
fore I propose to restore Drifa Dan. with >D. hyalina D.=E. glomerata as the
type.

The D. glomerata (PI. V, figs. 2, 2a), originally referred to Eunephthya
by me, does, however, resemble the type to a considerable extent, for it has
the distal polyp-spicules of the anthocodia mostly club-shaped with rough
somewhat foliated processes on the larger end, and in alcoholic specimens these
processes often project slightly from the surface, but these spicules are much
smaller and much less foliated than in the type. The polyps are also often
unequal-sided and turned inward, and spicules may, sometimes, be lacking on
the inner side, as in the type. The longitudinal canals in the stems are much
larger and separated by thinner walls.

Drifa Danielssen (Type D. hyalina Dan.=Z>. glomerata V.).

Drifa -f Nephthya + Gersemiopsis DANIELSSEN, op. cit., pp. 59, 64, 81, 99,
1887; Drifa type = E. glomerata.

Eunephthya (pars) VEREILL, op. cit., 1869, p. 284 (not of Kiikenthal, Jungersen,
Thompson and others.)

Paraspongodes (pars) KUKENTHAL. MAY, op. cit., 1898.

Plate V; Figs. 2, 2a. Type:

Polypidom, when full grown, variously branched or lobed, branches may
be much subdivided. Polyps small, prominent, not retractile, usually incurved,
often with few spicules on the inner or shorter side. Outer convex side
forms an anthocodia strengthened with numerous small rough spicules, largely
clubs, with the larger end more or less lobed and spinose, the smaller end acute
and warted; with these are warted spindles and other slender forms. They
are arranged in chevrons; spicules also occur in the aboral side of the tentacles
and a wreath of more or less transverse spicules at the base of the anthocodia.
Ccenenchyma nearly or quite lacking between the calicles. Cortex of stalk and
branches filled with small short roughly warted spindles, ellipsoids, with some
clubs and various other forms.

Danielssen gives the meaning of Drifa as a snow-nymph or snowstorm.

Alcyonaria
Drifa glomerata Verrill.

G 31

Eunephthya glomerata VERRILL, Amer. Jour. Sci. Vol. 47, p. 284, 1869: Proc.

Essex Inst. Vol. 6, p. 97, 1869.
Ammothea arctica NORMAN, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, Vol. 25, p. 208, 1876.

LUTKEN, Medd. om Gronland, Vol. 6, p. 29, 1883.
Ammothea luikeni MARENZELLER, Akad. Wiss. Wien. Vol. 35, p. 372, pi. Ill,

fig. 1, 1898.

Alcyonium liitkeni VERRILL, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 2, p. 200, 1879.
Ammothea glomerata CARTER, Zoology Barents Sea, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5,

Vol. 6, p. 253, 1883.
Eunephthya luikeni VERRILL, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XI, p. 43, pi. IV, figs.

7, 7a, 1883.
Nephthya polaris+N. flavescens+N. rosea+Drifa islandica-\-D. hyalina-\-

Gersemiopsis arctica (teste JUNGERSEN) DANIELSSEN, N. Nordhavs Exped.

Vol. 5, Alcyonaria, pp. 59, 65, 83, 87,92, 99, plates VI, VII, X-XV, 1887.

Excellent figures.
Eunephthya glomerata -\-E. hyalina KUKENTHAL, Alcyonacea, Wiss. Erg. deutsch.

Tiefsee-Exped. Vol. 13, pp. 78, 79, 1906. (t. Junger-sen).
Eunephthya glomerata JUNGERSEN, F. E. Alcyonaria of E. Greenland, p. 493,

1916; Alcyonarian and Madr. Corals, Bergens Mus. Aarbok, for 1915,

1916, p. 14, 1916.
Paraspongodes lutkeni-\-P. polaris MAY, Jen. Zeitschr. Nat. Vol. 33, pp. 148,

154, 1899 (t. Jungersen).
Eunephthya flavescens MOLANDER, op. cit., pp. 72-78, pi. ii, figs. 15, 17, 19

(good figures), 1915.

Plate V; Figs. 2, 2a (from type). Plate XVIIa; Figs. 2, 3. Plate XIV; Figs. 2-2b.
Plate XV; Figs. 1-5. Text Figure 5, Type.

The type of this species was from Greenland, and was sent to me by Pro-
fessor Chr. Liitken under the MS. name glomerata, which he never published.
The original description by me in 1869, under the frame Eunephthya glomerata,
was as follows: — It "forms an upright corallum, with a stout trunk, from all
sides and to near the base of which arise short subconical branches, naked at
their bases, like the trunk, but mostly covered with close clusters of 3 to 12,
roundish, verruciform polyp-cells, which are rough exteriorly, and covered with
numerous very rough thorny club-shaped spicula, 0-20 to 0-35 mm. long, by
•075 to 0-125 mm. thick."

X3

Fig. 5. Drifa glomerata Verrill. Type. One of the branches. From Greenland, x about 3

32 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

In my report on the "Blake" Anthozoa, 1883, p. 43, the name was changed
to E. liitkeni, following Marenzeller, because of the prior use of the name Alcyon-
ium glomeratum by Johnson; but that change was not valid, for the present
species was not originally described as an Alcyonium.

In the latter work it was more fully described and figured, together with
a few of the spicules. In that place the spicules were described as follows: —
"The larger spicula are rather large, long, stout, mostly club-shaped, with the
smaller end thickly covered with small warts, and the large end covered with
large, roughly lacerate warts, sometimes taking the form of ragged spinules;
in other cases having the form of lacerate flattened lobes; with these are some
roughly warted fusiform spicula, of similar size, and numerous smaller rough
spicula, some of which are fusiform, others club-shaped, and some of them
slender while others are stout.

Height, in alcohol, 60 to 80 mm., or about three inches; breadth 35 to 50
mm.; diameter of contracted calicles (polyps) 1 to 1-25 mm. It sometimes
becomes larger, up to 5 inches high."

Several examples were dredged off Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 52 fathoms
(U.S.F. Comm. steamer Speedwell) in 1877, One small one was dredged by the
Blake off Delaware bay, in 1,186 fathoms, and several good specimens, obtained
on the Fishing Banks, off Nova Scotia, by cod and halibut fishermen have
been presented to the U.S. Fish Commission.

In life the colour is usually pink or pale red, brownish on the stalk, and
when fully expanded it is translucent, sometimes yellow or orange. The mode
of branching and form of the polypidom are quite variable, and the states of
contraction cause notable changes in the appearance. This species, as shown
above, has been referred to as least nine genera and has received at least eleven
specific names, according ta Jungersen, If it be considered generically distinct
from the type of Eunephthya the next available generic name will be either
Drifa or Gersemiopsis of Danielssen, 1887, and I would suggest the former.
It is nearly allied to Duva and Gersemia, but differs from both in having rough,
clavate spicules, with the acute processes projecting slightly from the polyp
walls, giving them a rough appearance. The polyps are not capable of entire
retraction, and are often incurved, with few or no spicules on the inner side.
The anthocodial spicules do not form a wreath proximally.

In the type (PI. V, figs. 2, 2a) most of the larger spicules of the anthocodia
have numerous rough, flattish, lacerated or foliated processes, varying much in
form and size, on the larger end of the spicule, decreasing in size towards the
small end, where they are reduced to small spinules or warts. These spicules
stand in chevron with the larger end outward, and the tips of the lacerate pro-
minences often project more or less from the surface, especially in dried or much
contracted specimens, making them rough.

According to Molander his E. grcenlandica differs in having the rough
processes of the clubs much more slender and more numerous. Some of our
specimens agree fairly with Drifa islandica Dan., others with his flavescens
and rosea. These last two are united under the former name as a distinct
species by Molander, but its distinctness seems very doubtful, at least to Jun-
gersen, who also unites into our species all the nominal species well illustrated
by Danielssen. All are ovo viviparous.

Several of Danielssen's forms seem to me to be either distinct, or at least
notable varieties, for they differ very much from the typical glomerata in the
forms and ornamentation of the spicules as well as in other characters, as
figured by Danielssen, but his D. hyalina and N. flavescens agree best with my
types.

The various specimens from the Fishing Banks, in the Yale Museum, are
not now available for study, for they were boxed up and put in storage before
the demolition of the museum building, several years ago. Those examples
undoubtedly include several of the forms named as distinct by Danielssen.

Alcyonaria G 33

The type of E. glomerata is in my private collection, and is now before me.
It agrees closely with the form named Nephthya flavescens by Danielssen (op.
cit., PL XI, figs. 1-58) where it is very fully illustrated, with many of its spicules,
which are practically identical with corresponding spicules of the type. The
tentacles are figured as heavily loaded with small warted spindles, etc. A
much enlarged contracted polyp is represented as incurved, with the inner
side smaller and without spicules. It is viviparous, and the figured planulse
are already filled with small spicules. (See PL XIV, figs. 4, 5, and text-cut).

My type specimen also contains eggs and planulse, as do all other specimens
that I have examined.

The Nephthya rosea Dan. (op. cit., PL XI, figs. 1-72), is united to flavescens
by Molander, and both are placed under glomerata by Jungersen. As figured
the branches are longer, less crowded, and the polyps are more slender and
longer, which might be due to less contraction. But the larger club-shaped
spicules figured have the lacerate processes of the larger end elongated and
slender, without foliations, and most of the larger warted spicules are stouter
and thicker than in the type of glomerata. Its planulse are also spiculose.
N. polaris Dan. (op. cit., PL XIII, figs. 2-45) seems to be a younger and more
strongly contracted form of Molander's glomerala, with the same kinds of short
thick clubs. It may be a distinct species.

Gersemiopsis arctica Dan. (op. cit., PL XIV, figs. 1-49: and PL XV) seems
to differ some from our type as to its spicules, but the general figures show
specimens less contracted than usual, and consequently with more elongated
polyps, some of them expanded. Clubs have short slender branched foliations.

Drifa hyalina Dan. (op. cit., PL VII, figs. 1-44). The general figure shows
a large example more openly branched than usual, and with elongated polyps,
some incurved. Its club-shaped spicules are, in general, smaller and more
slender, with the lacerate processes somewhat smaller than in the type of
glomerata but otherwise similar. Spindles are more slender.

D. islandica Dan. (PL VI, figs. 30-71) is openly branched, with polyps
elongated as in the last, but the larger club-shaped spicules figured are larger
and coarser, stout, and often more rudely foliated, than in typical glomerata.

Of all these forms E. rosea and E. islandica seem to me to differ the most
from the type. Kiikenthal has already recognized the latter as a distinct
form. Molander separated flavescens Dan. as a species, but that is apparently
identical with the type. He united hyalina and flavescens, but rosea is most
distinct in spiculation, and might be considered a variety worth recognizing
at least. Molander proposed (1915) a new species E. grcenlandica, distinguished
mainly on account of the presence in the polyps of elongated, slender, warted
spindles, longer than the clubs, and the latter -having narrow elevated processes
at the enlarged end, without foliations. It seems to be a fairly distinct form,
but might be considered a variety.

The form called E. glomerata by Molander does not agree with the type.
He says of the larger polyp-spicules that they are "short clumsy clubs and
spindles, 0-2-0-38 mm. long, generally clubs, their thorns broad and low. "
A glance at the figures that I have given (PL V, figs. 2, 2a) will show that this
is not true of the type, for the major clubs are elongated with the smaller end
much tapered. In fact they are more like his figures of E. flavescens (p. 71)
than like those that he gives as of E. glomerata. His species agrees better as
to spicules with Drifa islandica, as figured by Danielssen (PL VI, op. cit.) but
the latter also has more tapered clubs. N. polaris is similar.

My impression is that Jungersen has gone too far in uniting all the known
northern forms of this group (Drifa) under one species. Probably two or three
species should be recognized, each with subordinate varieties, all based mainly
on the spiculation. Many of these forms occur on the Banks, off Newfoundland;
but I am not in a position to express very decided opinions on any of them,
except my own types, because others are not now accessible, without too much
trouble and delay.

9343—3

34 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918
Drifa racemosa Studer

Eunephthya racemosa STUDER, Note prelim.., 2nd part, 1891; op. cit., 1901, Camp.
Hirondelle, p. 33, PL IV, figs. 1, la, 2.

Plate XIV; Fig. 3.

This appears to be a species distinct from D. glomerata. It is openly
branched, with larger and more elongated polyps. The clubs of the anthocodia
are much more slender. They have a more abruptly enlarged distal end, while
the proximal part is slender. The enlarged part is covered with smaller spinules
and more slender and shorter thorns; the slender part is closely covered with
small acute warts and spinules. The spindles are more slender and have smaller
more regular, and much more numerous spinules. Polyps are 4 mm. long, 2
mm. wide. It seems to be much like D. gronlandica Molander, — perhaps the
same. It was from off Newfoundland, in 1,267 meters. Molander considers it
a form of D. flavescens.

Duva Koren and Danielssen. Type D. rosea Kor. and Dan.

Duva KOREN and DANIELSSEN, Bergens Mus., pp. 1-7, pi. i-iii, 1883. DANIELS-
SEN, op. cit., 1887, pp. 36-57, pi. iii-vi.

Paraspongodes (pars) MAY, op. cit., 1900, pp. 391-394.

Eunephthya (pars) KUKENTHAL, op. cit., 1906, pp. 79-81 (non VERRILL). JUNG-
ERSEN, op. cit., 1915, p. 1969; op. cit., 1916, p. 495; Bergens Mus. Aarbok,
2, 1916, p. 16; MOLANDER (pars), op. cit., 1915, p. 79.

As stated above Eunephthya cannot be used legitimately for this group.
Therefore Duva, the earliest available name, must be used. The genus and the
several species referred to it by Danielssen were very fully described and finely

Fig. 6. Duva multiflora Verrill. Type. Terminal branches about nat. size. From the Fishing Banks.

Alcyonaria G 35

illustrated by him with abundant anatomical and histological observations,
though he doubtless erred in making too many species, and by giving too much
importance to variations in the forms of branching.

When well-grown the polypidom has a stout stalk and numerous branches
and branchlets, which bear a multitude of small crowded polyps at their tips,
usually three to five in a cluster, with a little or no intervening ccenenchyma.

The branching is usually arborescent and often symmetrical, but variable.
The stalk is usually smooth and naked for some distance, and the proximal
part of the branches is usually naked. The terminal branches are often clustered
into umbel-like groups, and in other cases into cyme-like or thyrsoid groups,
usually of three to seven branchlets.

The polyps are not wholly retractile, and are often partly expanded in
alcoholic specimens. The anthocodia is usually pretty well-developed and
contains eight double rows of slender spindles and subclavates in chevrons,
but the basal wreath of transverse spicules is nearly or quite lacking, so that
its limits proximally are not well-defined. The polyps are often unequally
developed in the inner and outer sides, and spicules may be few or none on the
smaller inner side; in such cases the polyps curve inward in contraction.

The spicules of the anthocodia and the tentacles are mostly slender warted
spindles and imperfect clubs. Those of the cortex of the branches and stalk
are mostly small warted spindles, sub-clavate forms, double-heads, with more
or less compound crosses, double stars, and various small irregular forms. Some-
times the lower part of the stalk is nearly destitute of spicules; the upper part
and branches are often without spicules or with few. One of the most salient
characteristics is the absence of any well developed wreath of transverse spicules
defining the proximal zone of the anthocodia. The rows of spicules run con-
tinuously, or nearly so, from the anthocodia to the base of the polyp-body with
little change, though sometimes the spicules are small, few, or lacking proximally.
The tentacles are spiculose usually nearly to the tips, and sometimes in the
pinnules also. This genus is in many respects intermediate between Gersemia
and Drifa. From the former it differs in having less ccenenchyma, or none at
all, between the polyps, and especially in not having a well-developed wreath
of spicules defining the anthocodia. The spicules are mostly smaller and
simpler, and those of the cortex are fewer and more generally small spindles
and clubs. Also the polyps are not retractile. From Drifa it differs especially
in not having the anthocodial area covered with lacerately lobed or spinose
clubs. The latter also has larger and more clavate spicules in the cortex of
the branches. It agrees in lacking an anthocodial wreath of transverse spicules.
The cymiform or subumbellate mode of branching is also generally distinctive
for well-grown specimens of this genus.

Duva multiflora Verrill. Sea-Cauliflower.

Alcyonium multiflorum VERRILL, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 11, p. 200, 1879;
Ann. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1883, p. 533, 1885.

Duva arborescens DANIELSSEN, op. cit., pp. 37-41, pi. ii, figs. 42-54: pi. iii, figs.
1-17, 1887; probably also including D. spitsbergensis DAN., op. cit., pi. iii,
figs. 18-29, and D. rosea KOREN and DAN., op. cit., 1883, pi. i.

Eunephthya rosea MOLANDER, op. cit., 1915, p. 74, pi. ii, figs. 10, 20, 21.

Plate IV; Fig. 7. Plate XIV; Fig. 6. Text Figs. 6, 7.

This, when well-grown, is a large arborescent species often 100 to 150 mm.
high, and 75 mm. broad. The stalk is large and smooth; basal part of branches
naked; branches very numerous, subumbellate, bearing clusters of small crowded
polyps at their tips, and thus in contraction resembling a cauliflower, giving
reason for the name "sea-cauliflower" used by fishermen.

9343— 3J

3(i <; Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

( 'olour in life is often light red or pink, fading in alcohol.

This species has been brought in from the fishing banks, off Nova Scotia
and Newfoundland, by various vessels, and presented to the U.S. Fish Com-
mission. It occurs in 130 to 300 fathoms, and is evidently common at those
depths. It is also widely distributed in the Arctic regions, and off the northern
coasts of Kurope.

Fig. 7. Duva arbor escens Dan. Type.
Danielssen, enlarged.

One of the polyps, and part of another with eggs. After

Jungersen united all the twelve nominal species of Duva, described and
figured by Danielssen, under the common name Eunephthya florida (Rathke).
Molander retained three as distinct. Our species seems to agree best with D.
rosea, and to differ distinctly from D. florida, judging by the figures of the latter.
Some of the other species described by Danielssen seem to me worthy of recog-
nition, judging from his numerous figures of the spicules, etc., especially those
that have in the polyps much larger and more numerous spicules, like D.
glacialis, to which D. cinerea might be united; and D. flava, PL V, figs. 1-33,
which has unusually large and stout spicules in the anthocodia.

Family CLAVULARID^E. New family.

Stoloniferous Actinaria having calicles more or less prominent and filled with
spicules, mostly rough warted spindles. Polyps also spiculose with a spiculose
anthocodia.

Trachythela Verrill. New genus.
Plate VII; Figs. 1-7.

Polypidom consists of rather large, low, verruciform or short truncate-
conic calicles united by narrow creeping stolons, or by a thin continuous basal
expansion, usually attached to the dead axis of a Gorgonian coral, and stiffened
by closely packed fusiform spicules of unusually large size.

Alcyonaria G 37

The walls of the calicles and the ccenenchyma are filled with large elongated
acute spicules, mostly in the form of warted spindles (PL VII, figs. 4 and 5),
which project from the surface, especially in the summits of the calicles, as
sharp spinules (figs. 1 and 2). Those of the outer ccenenchyma (fig. 5) are
mostly very roughly warted spindles, often bent or irregular; those of the inner
layer are smaller, more regularly spinulose or warted.

The polyps are large, capable of partial retraction, but usually leave a
large anthocodia exposed (fig. 2). This has an opercular armature, consisting
of eight convergent groups of large acute warted spindles, arranged in chevrons,
in quadruple series, on the basal part of the tentacles; and of a wide collar,
made up of about four to six or more transverse rows of long, stout, acute spindles,
mostly more or less curved (fig. 4). The inner layer of the ccenenchyma contains
smaller spindles, often unequally ended, and many small thorny clubs and
double clubs with prominent warts and other small forms (fig. 7).

The polyp-cavity connects directly with the large canals in the basal
structure. The calicles may stand singly or they may be united in pairs, or
in small groups of abour three, with small buds around them.

Trachythela rudis Verrill. New species
Plate VII; Figs. 1-7.

Most of the characters of this, the only known species, are included in the
generic description above. The larger calicles are large, swollen or mammiform
at the base, with stiff spinulose cortex. The polyps are most frequently united
by a membranous but spiculose basal crust, but not uncommonly by narrow
creeping stolons; both methods may occur in one colony. The calicles may
stand singly but are often grouped in twos or threes, or may form close nodose
clusters, 8 to 10 mm. high, composed of two or three larger and several young
ones. They are usually, when contracted in alcohol, about 3-5 mm. to 4 mm.
in diameter, the anthocodia about 3-5 mm. broad by about 2 to 2-3 mm. high;
stolons may be 3 to 4 mm. wide. Most of the calicles are surmounted by a
stout strongly spiculose anthocodia (fig. 2). The calicles are echinate or rough
at the margin with the sharp projecting points of numerous spicules. Some
of these large warted spindles are forked or branched. The larger spicules
of the anthocodia are 1-25 mm. long by 0-11 thick; 1-15 mm. long by 0-10
thick; 1-00 mm. long by 0-10 thick. Some of the larger spicules of the ccenen-
chyma are 1-00 mm. long and 0-16 mm. thick; 0-70 long by 0- 13 thick. Some
from the inner layer of the calicles are irregular and some are branched or forked
at one end; length of large ones (fig. 6), may be 1-00 mm. long by 0-16 thick;
0-80 long by 0-17 mm. thick.

Numerous smaller spicules are present in the tentacles, to near the tips,
and in the pinnae.

The type specimens were from the deep water fishing banks attached to
dead stalks of Keratoisis ornata V. Types are in my collection. One large
group was on Paragorgia arborea.

This peculiar new species does not appear to be very nearly allied to any
species previously known. It is remarkable for its strong armature of large
acute projecting spicules, on and around the margins of the calicles, and for the
abundant large spicules of the anthocodia and the tentacular operculum. The
polyps are often entirely retracted.

The rather large spindles of the base and calicles are so thickly packed,
side by side, that these parts change their sizes and forms but little in drying.

38 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918
Cornulariella modesta Verrill.

Cornulariella modesta VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Sci., Ser. 3, Vol. VII, p. 40, pi. 8,
figs. 1, 2, 1874; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Vol. for 1873, p. 390, pi. 6,
figs. 1, 2, 1875. J. F. WHITEAVES, Amer. Journ. Sci. Vol. VII, p. 2; Catal.
Mar. Invert. E. Canada, p. 30, 1901. VERRILL, Ann. Rep. U.S. Comm.
Fish and Fisheries for 1883, p. 533, 1885.

Plate VI; Figs. 5, 6. Text Figs. 8, 9.

This is a small inconspicuous species, usually found growing on stones and
dead shells; height 6 to 18 mm.; diameter of calicles, 3 mm.

Fig. 8. Cornulariella modesta Verrill. Type. Enlarged about four times.

Fig. 9. Cornulariella modesta Verrill. Type. Some of the spicules of the basal stolon and calicles. X 116

The cylindric calicles arise either from narrow creeping stolons or from thin
membranous expansions, which are filled with slender fusiform spicules. The polyps
are elongated, in contraction the soft upper portion can be entirely retracted

Alcyonaria G 39

into the firmer lower part or calicle, which then has a rounded top, with eight
convergent grooves. The full-grown calicles are usually at least twice higher
than broad, often more. The basal stolons and calicle walls are stiffened by
an abundance of rather large and long, acute, strongly spinulose spindles, closely
packed together in two or more layers; in the stolons they lie parallel, but near
the bases of the calicles they lie crossing each other in various directions. In
addition to these there are relatively few very small roundish or granule-like,
rough spicules scattered over and among the large spindles, and occasionally
small compound crosses also occur sparingly. The retractile region and tentacles
have eight double rows of small spicules.

The soft part of the polyps when expanded is elongated, whitish, and
translucent, with spicules placed in chevrons. It is often constricted in the
middle. The tentacles are white, long and graceful, swollen at base.

The type specimens were taken by us in Casco bay, 35 fathoms, and bay
of Fundy in 80 to 100 fathoms, 1870-1873. Dr. Whiteaves, dredged it south of
Anticosti island in 220 fathoms. It has subsequently been taken in a number
of places, at similar depths, off Maine and New Brunswick, and off Cape
Sable, Nova Scotia, in 80 fathoms, 1883 (" Albatross").

Several additions have been made to the Canadian Alcyonaria by T. Studer
in Resultats des Campagnes Sci., Albert 1, (Camp. Hirondelle, 1886-1887)
Fasc. XX, Alcyonaria, published in 1901. These were as follows: —

From off Newfoundland, in 1,267 meters.
Clavularia concreta Studer, p* 15, PL 1, figs. 1, 2.
Anthomastus agaricus Studer, p. 27, PL 1, figs. 6-9.

Eunephthya racemosa Studer, p. 33, PL IV, figs. 1, 2. See above, p. 34a.
Acanthogorgia verrilli Studer, p. 44, PL IV, figs. 4-6.

From 155 meters depth: —

Paraspongodes danielsseni Studer, p. 31, PL III, figs. 8, 9; pi. X, figs. 1, 3, 7.
See below, p. 48o.

The Anthomastus agaricus seems to me to be only the young stages of
A. grandiflorus Ver. Eunephthya racemosa was placed under E.flavescens (Dan.)
by Molander; Paraspongodes danielsseni was united to Gersemia clavata (Dan.) by
Molander.

Some additions have also been made to the fauna of the Newfoundland
Banks by A. R. Molander in "Northern and Arctic Invertebrates in the Collection
of the Swedish State Museum."1 He records Gersemia uvceformis (May) from
66 meters, 1871, p. 54, pi. 1, fig. 1; pi. Ill, fig. 28; G. mirabilis (Dan.), p. 69,
pi. 1, fig. 10, from 290 meters; G. clavata Danielssen, from 164 meters, 1871,
with which he united G. danielsseni (Studer), pp. 56-60, pi. 1, figs. 2, 5, 8, pi.
Ill, fig. 29; G.fruticosa, pp. 60-69, pi. 1, figs. 6, 9, 11, 13, pi. Ill, figs. 30, 32;
Eunephthya flavescens (Dan. 1887), pp. 74-78, pi. 11, figs. 15, 17; 290 meters,
1871, and in this last species he includes E. racemosa Studer, and E. hyalina
(Dan.), E. sarsii May, and E. Candida (K. and D.).

Professor C. C. Nutting, has recorded Stachyptilum quadridentatum Nutting,
from Juneau, Alaska, in the collection of the University of California. Proc.
U.S., Nat. Museum, Vol. XXXV, p. 709, 1909.

1 Kungl. Svenska, Vetens.-Akad. Handlingar, Bd. 51, No. 11, VII, Alcyonacea. Stockholm, 1915.

40 <; Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Family ANTHOMASTID^E. New family.

I now propoM' to establish a new family of Aleyonacea to include Anthomas-
tus Vcr., and Sarcophytum Less., hitherto included in the family Alcyonidae.
Its principal diagnostic characters are the presence of an expanded polypiferous
upper body supported on a barren stalk, with the two regions well differentiated,
and the presence of numerous fertile siphonozooids between the polyps, on the
upper surface. The form may be Agaricus-like (mushroom -shaped), or the
upper portion may be lobed or divided into frondose forms.

The genus Sarcophytum Less, is abundant in most tropical seas, except in
the West Indies and on West American coasts.^ It is characteristic of shallow
water on coral reefs. Its polyps are small, but it often grows in large frondose
masses, as well as in mushroom-shapes. It is abundant in the Red Sea, East
Indies, Australian reefs, etc.

Anthomastus (Verrill, 1878,) is a deep water genus, confined to cold waters.
It was first found on the Newfoundland Banks in 1878, but several species are
now known coming from nearly all parts of the world where deep sea dredging
has been done, both in the colder seas and in the tropics.

The polyps are always relatively large and retractile, while the fertile
siphonozooids are small and destitute of tentacles. All the species appear to be
of some shade of red or purple, and when mature are usually mushroom-shaped
or biscuit -shaped. Some species become large. They are often found on muddy
bottoms where they anchor themselves by lobulated root-like processes. But
our species, and probably also all the others, can also attach itself to stones, etc.,
and it then has a broad encrusting base, either simple or lobed. These notable
differences are not to be regarded as specific, for all intermediate states are
found in the same species. So, likewise, the forms of the individuals of a species
vary greatly, according to their ages and environment. They may be tall with
a long stem, or low and broad with a short stalk, etc.

Anthomastus grandiflorus Verrill.

Anthomastus grandiflorus VERRILL, American Journal Science, ser. 3, vol. XVI,
p. 376; Brief Cont. to Zoology, No. 39, 1878; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
vol. XI, p. 41, pi. I, figs. 7-10b; Annual Report, U.S. Comm. Fish and
Fisheries for 1883, pp. 513, 533, pi. ii, fig 12, 1885. Also a figure in Web-
ster's International Dictionary, pp. 63, 1975, ed. of 1890 and in ed. of
1904. WHITEAVES, List. Invert., op cit., p. 31, 1901.

Anthomastus purpureus (as Sarcophyton) KOREN and DANIELSSEN, Fauna Litt.
Norv., 1883. MOLANDER, op cit,, p. 43, 1901 (details).

Anthomastus agaricus STUDER, op. cit., p. 27, pi. i, figs. 1-9, 1901 (Young).

Plate XIV; Figs. 5-7. Plate XVII; Figs. 1-ld.

When well grown this is a large species, with numerous very large polyps,
perhaps the largest known in any Alcyonarian genus, except that those of some
species of Umbellula may be as large or larger.

The form is usually somewhat mushroom-like (A gran'cws-shape) . The
upper part is thick and often considerably larger than the stalk, and may become
3 to 5 inches or more in diameter (75 to 120 mm.). The summit is more or less
convex and when large bears a large number of large exsert polyps, becoming In
partial expansion 20 to 25 mm. high and sometimes over an inch (25 to 30 mm.)
across, the tentacles, even in alcohol. They are entirely retractile into calicles
that are only slightly elevated and eight-lobed. Young specimens often occur
with only two or three large polyps and with a thick convex top.

Alcyonaria G 41

Large numbers of slightly raised fertile siphonozooids are scattered over all
the top, between the polyps. The stalk beajs neither polyps nor siphonozooids.
The base may be eitjher expanded and simple, or else lobed, when adherent to
stones; but on muddy bottoms it usually has more or less numerous thick root-
like or bulbous nodules and lobes extending downward into the mud for anchorage
(figs. 6, 7). The ccenenchyma is abundant and contains numerous channels
connecting the polyps and siphonozooids. The ccelenterons of the large polyps
extend to the base. The siphonozooids contain ova, but have no tentacles.

The tentacles and their pinnae contain numerous slender fusiform and rod-
like spicules. The cortex of the top contains abundant rod-like, fusiform, and
some club-shaped and double stellate spicules with a few crosses, etc. (see pi.
XVII, fig. 1). The spicules of the interior are mostly slender spindles and rods.
Colour is usually deep red, varying to purple and light red. It does not fade
much in alcohol.

The Anthomastus purpureus (K. and D.) as Sarcophyton, of the Norwegian
coast, is much like our species, but the described specimens are much smaller
and probably young. Its polyps, as described, are only about half as large as
those of our full grown examples.

Studer described A. agaricus from 1267 meters, off Newfoundland, (op.
cit., p. 27, pi. i, figs. 6-9, 1901). His largest examples were badly contracted,
small, and probably very young, having only about 10 polyps. One had but three
polyps. It is probably the young state of A. grandiflorus. Colour was red.
Spicules are much like those of our species. I have seen similar young ones of
our form, associated with large ones. See pi. XIV, figs. 6, 7.

A. grandiflorus was taken in large numbers on or between the deeper banks
off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, in 150 to 300 fathoms, They were pre-
sented to the U.S. Fish Commission by the Gloucester, Mass., fishermen, from
1878 to 1881. It was also taken by the "Albatross" and "Fish Hawk" in 410 to
1395 fathoms off our northern coasts. A similar species (A. agassizii Ver.)
occurs in the West Indies in deep water. It is light red and has somewhat
smaller polyps and different spicules. The rod-like spicules of the ccenenchyma
and calicles are longer, larger, and more spinulose and the short ellipsoidal and
double stellate forms from the exterior of the ccenenchyma are more strongly
warted or spiunlose. (See Plate XVII, figs. 2-2c.)

Suborder GORGONACEA.

Family CHRYSOGORGID^E Ver. or DASYGORGIDyE. Some authors.

Radicipes Stearns.

Radicipes STEARNS, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. VI, p. 97, pi. vii, figs. 1, 2, July,

1883. Type R. pleurocristatus, Japan. KINOSHITA, Journ. College Sci.

Tokio Imp. Univ., vol. XXXIII, art. 2, pp. 1, 5, 1913.
Lepidoyorgia VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, vol. XXVIII, p. 220, 1884, Brief

Cont. to Zoology, No. 55; Annual Report U.S. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries

for 1883, p. 512, 1885.
Strophogorgia WRIGHT and STUDER, Voy. Challe'nger, vol. VI, Alcyonaria, p. 2,

1889. In part,

Chrysogorgidse usually growing in the form of long, simple rods, with the
base divided into calcareous, branched, root-like processes. Ccenenchyma thin;
its spicules in the form of thin oblong scales. Polyp-calicles elongated, well
separated, oblique, usually arranged in a secund manner; their spicules are
spindles.

42 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918
Radicipes gracilis Verrill.

Lepidogorgia gracilis VERRILL, op. cit., 1884, p. 220; op. cit., 1885, pp. 512, 533,
pi. II, figs. 10, lOa.

lOa

Figs. 10 and lOa. Radicipes gracilis Verrill. Fig. 10. Portion from the middle of the stalk bearing two
polyps; lOa. base of stalk and basal root-like processes, x 2.

The axis is simple, tall, slender, tapered to the tip, terete, iridescent. Polyp
calicles are large, elongated, ofte^n wider than the axis, seated obliquely, well
apart, and secund. Colour when living is orange or salmon-color. Calicles are
filled with elongated spindles. Coenenchyma is very thin; its spicules are thin,
scale-like, oblong, with rounded ends and often constricted in the middle. Root
processes are much branched, round, hard, calcareous, and taper to small slender
tips. Height up to 3 feet or more (900 mm.). It was taken by the "Albatross"
in 1883, off Georges Bank, in 858 fathoms, and farther south in 1731 and 1735
fathoms in large numbers. A comparison with the types of Stearns shows the
generic identity of Lepidogorgia.

Family KERATOISID^) Gray, 1870 (emended).

Keratoisidce + Acanelladce + Mopseadce (pars) GRAY, Cat. Lithophytes Brit.

Mus., pp. 13, 16, 18, 1870.
Ceratoisidce VERRILL, Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XI, p. 11, 1883.

Axis simple or variously branched, with long calcareous joints, which are
often hollow, alternating with shorter horny joints. Branches, when present,
sometimes arise from the calcareous joints, but more frequently from the horny
ones. Base calcareous, usually divided into long, flat, irregular lobes, serving
as anchors in the mud of the sea bottom. Coenenchyma thin, commonly with
long fusiform conspicuous spicules, sometimes with other small scale-like ones
at the surface. Calicles large and prominent, filled with large fusiform spicules,
of which eight or more are larger than the rest and commonly project as sharp
marginal spines between the bases of the tentacles, forming an armature for the
protection of the incurved and imperfectly retracted tentacles.

Alcyonaria G 43

Keratoisis Wright.

Keratoisis WRIGHT, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., II, 1869, p. 427; III, p. 24.
GRAY, Cat. Lith. Brit. Mus., 1870, p. 18. Ceratoisis VERRILL, op. cit.,
1883, p. 11.

In this genus the branches are usually few and distant and arise from the
calcareous joints. Otherwise it agrees very closely with some of the sparingly
branched species of Acanella. The calcareous joints are tubular. The calicles
are strongly armed with large spiniform spicules, and the ccenenchyma also con-
tains large fusiform spicules.

In this genus are included the largest known species of the family. Some
specimens of K. ornata are about four feet high. These are found at considerable
depths, in cold water, on the Banks off Newfoundland and Nova Scotia.

Keratoisis ornata Verrill. Gold-banded Coral.

Keratoisis ornata VERRILL, Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XVI, 1878, pp. 212, 376; op.
cit., 1883, p. 11, pi. I, figs. 4-4b (as Ceratoisis); op. cit., 1885, p. 533.

Plate XVI; Figs. 1-lb. Plate XVII; Figs. 4-4b.

Coral tall; sometimes over four feet high; distantly and irregularly branched,
the branches spreading, often nearly at right angles, elongated, rather slender,
gradually tapering, giving off, in the same manner, elongated branchlets. The
branches and branchlets mostly arise from near the proximal end of the cal-
careous joints, but sometimes from the middle. The calcareous joints are
ivory-white, elongated, round, slightly enlarged at the ends, usually faintly and
often indistinctly striated longitudinally, appearing smooth to the naked eye,
but finely granulous under a lens; they are tubular, having a central tube equal
to about a third or a fourth of their total diameter. The chitinous joints are
usually lustrous golden yellow or bronze-color, sometimes plain brown, short,
scarcely longer than thick in the larger branches, about twice as long as thick
in the smaller ones, where they become translucent and brownish or amber-
color, without the metallic lustre seen in those of the larger branches. The
basal part is deeply divided into irregular, palmate, flattened lobes, or root-like
expansions, by means of which it anchors itself in the mud.

One specimen,- preserved in alcohol, shows remarkable variations in the
length and form of the calicles. Over most of the branches they are very long
and prominent, constricted in the middle, with an expanded base and enlarged
summit, crowned by eight prominent spines, surrounding the incurved and nearly
retracted tentacles (PL XVII, fig. 4a). In this form of calicle the length is two to
three times the average diameter. But on other branches the calicles are only
prominent, sub-conical verrucas, broadest at base, with the summit narrow, and
the spines but little prominent (Fig. 4a) ; these are often about as broad as high.
Intermediate forms also occur on this specimen. The calicles are irregularly but
rather uniformly scattered over the whole surface, and are mostly separated by
spaces two or three times as great as their breadth, though some are in contact
at their bases. The surface of the ccenenchyma and calicles is covered with a
soft integument, which nearly conceals the spicules, except at the border of the
calicles; but they become conspicuous when dried.

The calicles in dried specimens are usually prominent, elongated, somewhat
expanding toward the end, and are crowded nearly equally over the whole
surface; they are covered with large, conspicuous, acute spicules which form, at
the summit, eight sharp spinous points. (See PL XVI, fig. la). The ccenen-
chyma is thin, translucent, yellowish, filled with long and large fusiform, spicules.

44 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913 — 1918

The large projecting spicules of the calicles are fusiform, usually more
less bent, and either acute at both ends or acute at the distal end and obtiiM- at
the other. The larger of these measure 4-40 by 0-35, 4-10 by 0-30, 3-80 by
0-30, 3-70 by 0-22 mm. With these, below the margin and in the polyps, there
arc many smaller and more slender, partly fusiform, partly oblong or rod-like
•spicules, with both ends similar, and either acute or obtuse.

The spicules of the ccenenchyma are large, fusiform, and striated, mostly
acute at both ends, and bear small conical spinules in rows. The larger ones
measure about 4-2 mm. long by -025 thick, but most are smaller, about 2-5 to
3-5 mm. long by -015 to -020 mm. thick.

One specimen, lacking the base, was about 40 inches high (1020 mm.) and
one of its branches was 27 inches, or 675 mm., long before dividing. One of the
type specimens was 660 mm. high. (See PL XVI, figs. 1-lb.)

Most of the known specimens came up entangled by the lines used in deep
water fishing, in about 200 to 300 fathoms, around the Banks off Nova Scotia,
and were presented to the U.S. Fish Commission, 1878 to 1881, by the Gloucester,
Mass., halibut fishermen.

Acanella Gray.
Acanella normani Verrill. Bush Coral.

Acanella arbuscula NOKMAN, Proc. Royal Soc. London, 1876, p. 210, (non John-
son, 1862).

Acanella normani VEKRILL, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVI, 1878, p. 212 (descr.); XXIII,
1882, p. 315; Bulletin Mus. Comp. ZooL, vol. XI, p. 14, pi. IV, figs. 2-2b,
1883; Ann. Report U.S. Fish Comm. for 1883, pp. 512, 533, pi. XLIV, fig.
198, a-f, 1885.

Plate XVI; Figs. 2, 3, 4. Plate XVII; Figs. 3, 3a. Text Fig. 11.

This abundant species grows in much branched bush-like forms about
eight inches to a foot high and often nearly as broad. The colour, when living,
is usually light chestnut-brown, varying to orange-brown and dark brown;
polyps when expanded are paler and transluscent.

Axis white with orange-brown nodes. Base much branched with flat
divisions. Stems rather stout; branches arise at nearly right angles to the stalk,
mostly in whorls of four, from the horn-like nodes; distal. ones slender, more
upright.

Fig. 11.

Acanflla normani
natural size.

Verrill. Naked axis of a branch and braichlets to show mode of branching;

Alcyonaria G 45

Internodes of the stem are short, mostly 6 to 12 mm. long; in the branches
often 18 to 20 mm. Calicles large, elongated, swollen near the base, or at both
ends, with eight conspicuous, distal, marginal spines.

It was obtained in considerable numbers by the fishermen, in deep water,
about 150 to 250 fathoms, on or near the Banks off Nova Scotia and Newfound-
land. It was also dredged in many places by the "Albatross" off the New
England coast in large numbers. Sometimes a hundred or more came up in a
single haul of the trawl. Its range in depth here was mostly from 219 to 1735
fathoms. It was most abundant in 300 to 400 fathoms.

Suborder PENNATULACEA Verrill, 1865.

Family PENNATULID^E Dana.
Pennatula aculeata (Sars) Danielssen, 1858, Red Sea-pen.

Pennatula phosphorea, var. aculeata SARS, 1870. KOLLIKER, op. cit., 1869, p.
154, pi. IX, fig. 73.

Pennatula aculeata VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. V, pp. 5, 100, 1875; vol.
XXXIII, pp. 310, 315, 1882; Bulletin Mus. Comp. ZooL, vol. XI, p. 2, pi.
1, figs. 2, 2a, 1883; VERRILL, op cit. 1885, p. 532, pi. Ill, figs. 7, a, b. WHIT-
EAVES, List Invert., p. 55, 1901.

Plate XVIII; Figures 1, 2.

This elegant "sea-pen" occurs very commonly in moderately deep water
off the coasts of Nova Scotia and the eastern United States, in 60 to 300 fathoms,
and also abundantly in deep water, down to 1255 fathoms. Mr. Whiteaves
dredged it in 160 to 200 fathoms, between Anticosti island and Gaspe in 1871-73.
The Gloucester, Mass., fishermen also brought in numerous specimens from
the various fishing banks off Nova Scotia, taken entangled on their lines in 60
to 300 fathoms. Large numbers were dredged" by the steamers "Fishhawk,"
"Albatross" and "Blake," south of Martha's Vineyard, etc., in 200 to 1,000
fathoms, 1880 to 1887. In one instance 494 specimens were taken by the
"Albatross" in one haul, in other cases over 200.

It is very phosphorescent and is usually bright red or purplish red with a
yellow or pale orange stalk. Occasionally a white or albino specimen was taken,
more frequently a pink or rose-coloured variety (var. rosea Kor. and Dan.).
This was taken by the "Albatross" in 157 to 410 fathoms.

In the deeper waters we took many specimens with the pinnae longer,
more slender and more loosely arranged than usual (var. laxa, new name). Two
of these are figured on Plate XVIII, Figures'!, 2. In other respects they agree
nearly with the ordinary kind.

Supplement to the Report on the Alcyonaria of the Canadian Arctic Expedition.

By A. E. VERRILL.

After the preceding report was written another small collection of Alcyon-
aria and Actinaria was received. These were collected by Mr. F. Johansen on an
expedition to Hudson bay in 1920.

Some of the specimens are of special zoological interest. Others belong to
species not hitherto recorded from that region.

46 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Family NEPHTHYID^) Verrill, 1869.
Drifa glomerata Verrill. (See above, Page 31 G). ' Sea Cauliflower.'

Plate V; Figs. 2-2a. Plate XIV; Figs. 2-2b. Plate XV; Figs. 1-5. Plate XVI la;
Figs. 2, 3. Text Figures 5, 12.

Three good specimens of this species were obtained. These confirm the
identification of Vceringia flavesens Danielssen with this species and show that
Eunephthya glomerata Molander is not the true glomerata Verrill.

These later and larger specimens agree well with the original general figures
of Danielssen and the spicules (PI. XV, figs. 1, 2) correspond well with his figures,
(same Plate, Figs. 3, 4) and also with those of my type specimen (PL V, fig. 2a).

The largest specimen, well preserved in alcohol, but strongly contracted,
is 85 mm. high and 75 mm. broad ; diameter of stem, 14 mm. PL XVIIa, figs. 2. 3.

Mr. Johansen states that its colour has kept fairly well in alcohol. It is
now rather dark yellowish brown, the color being in the soft tissues. The spicules
are white. The trunk-stem is relatively small and is strongly grooved, due to
vigorous contraction. It is but slightly translucent, rather firm, but flexible,
and its somewhat thick cortex contains numerous small thorny spicules of
various forms, beneath the surface.

The main trunk and the stems of the branches and branchlets are con-
cealed almost completely by the abundance of the crowded polyps, but can be
seen in places by pushing the groups apart. The trunk gives rise to numerous
short branches from the base to the summit. The branches, as now contracted,
have short stalks, or may be nearly sessile. Most arise from one side of the
trunk. The branches, as covered by the crowded branchlets and polyps, are
mostly ovate-conical or pine-cone shaped. The branches are covered with num-
erous small, short branchlets, shaped like the branches and bearing numerous
crowded and unequal polyps, often up to twelve or fourteen on each. Some
occur, . however, with few polyps and small branchlets are also found arising
directly from the main stalk.

The polyps are so closely crowded by contraction that they overlap or
appear imbricated and many of the mature ones are incurved more or less.
The larger ones are from 1 to 2 mm. long and 0-75 to 1-00 mm. broad. Between
these are many young ones not more than half as large, but of the same form.
All have the tentacles closely incurved, so that they show only the convex outer
basal portions, which form eight acute convergent lobes, containing an abund-
ance of small, white, rough, irregular spicules arranged chevronwise with their
spinules directly outwardly. (See PL XIV, fig. 2a).)

The polyp bodies are more or less clavate or clove-shaped. The anthococlial
part is the larger and has eight narrow raised ribs, each containing two crowded
rows of white clavate spicules arranged chevronwise; the proximal or mesen-
terial portion is usually somewhat narrower, and contains similar spicules, but
smaller and not so many. The two regions are not separated by a constriction
nor by a transverse wreath of spicules such as occurs in species of the genus
Gersemia.

In transverse sections of the branch stems there are relatively few longi-
tudinal ducts, usually 8 to 12, some much larger than the others. They often
contain yellow ova and planulae (Text Fig. 12), as do the polyp bodies. The
membrane between them is rather thick and soft. Direct connections occur
between them and also indirect connections by fine channels, as in most species
of this family.

The spicules of the anthocodise are mainly very thorny clubs of various
forms, essentially like those from the type (see Plate XV, figures 2a-2g), but there
are also various other foims; usually the cluts are three or four times as long as
broad, with the wide outer er.d covered with rrany longer ard shorter, mostly
blunt lobes and thorns, which are more or less flattened; seme are wide at the

. Alcyonaria G 47

base; others are slender. Thick "clumsy" clubs and spindles, such as Molander
figured and described as characteristic of his glomerata, do not occur. The clubs
usually taper gradually to the narrow acute tip and are covered proximally with
shorter thorns and small lobes or spinules. With the clubs are much fewer
spindles of about the same length, acute at one or both ends, and covered with
more or less acute thorny processes (2 h). Some have larger lobes or thorns on
one side, which is then convex. Some are intermediate between clubs and
spindles.

Fig. 12. Drifa glomerate Verrill. Ovum and two planulse taken from one of the polyp bodies: one is only
in outline. Much enlarged.

The spicules of the cortex of the branches are of various forms and sizes,
and are mostly covered with very prominent, mostly obtuse lobes and irregular
prominences (PL XV, figs. 1, a-t), so that they are apt to interlock and cling
together in clusters when cleaned. Some of the larger forms are stout, regular
spindles, but the more abundant ones, of the larger sizes, are short, irregular,
blunt forms (a, b, d, g), many of them being subclavate, like (c, f, h, i); others
have a median smooth zone, (j, k); but much greater numbers are much smaller,
irregular spindles (m, o), double heads and double stellate forms and other
forms with a median narrow naked zone and few relatively high prominences,
appearing stellate when seen endwise (q, r, t); many forms occur that are not
figured.

The largest specimen and a small one were taken in Richmond gulf, about
three miles from the entrance, east side of Hudson bay, on a bottom of stones
and sand, in 25 fathoms, Aug. 27, 1920. The other specimen was taken near
the same place, four miles from the entrance, in 10 to 20 fathoms, stones and
algae, Aug. 24, 1920, by F. Johansen.

These specimens agree in form and mode of branching with the Eunephthya
flavescens of Molander (his PL 2, figs. 15, 17). The spicules of the latter, as shown
by my figures of those from the type of E. flavescens, agree much better with
my type specimens than do those that he refers to in his E. glomerata. Those that
he figured and described from the latter (his text-fig. 13, op. cit.) are much
stouter and thicker, both the clubs and spindles, and the clubs are less evidently
club-shaped. His figures of the anthocodial spicules (figures 13, a, b) agree
much better with those from the cortex of the branches of my type, not tapering
rapidly to an acute end, as they do in his flavescens and in my type. He states
that he had examined also the type of Danielssens' flavescens. Danielssens'
figures of the entire organism and of numerous forms of spicules are excellent
and agree with those of my type. (See my PL XV, figs. 3a-f, after Danielssen.)

These specimens, like the type, contained eggs and planulse in various
stages of development. (See figure 12.)

Therefore I am convinced that D. flavescens is a synonym of the true glom-
erata. The glomerata of Molander is either a strongly marked variety or a
distinct species, if the spicules are correctly figured and described. The mode
of branching and arrangement of the polyps is essentially alike in both forms,
allowing for the unequal effects of strong contraction seen in alcoholic specimens
of this and all other species of this family.

4g G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

The character of the s picnics of Molander's species is much like those of
D. islandica Danielssen in most respects, and ii may be referable to that species
or variety.

Gersemia studeri, Vorrill New name.

Paraspongodes danielsseni STUDER, op. cit., 1901, p. 31, pi. Ill, figs. 8, 9; pi.
X, figs. 1, 3, 7 (non Marenzeller, species, 1877).

Since this species also belongs to Gersemia, it should have a new nnm< •.
In mode of branching and form of the colony it is like G. rubiformis, and like
that species it has an abundance of ccenenchyma between the entirely retractile
polyps, but the polyps are more crowded with spicules in the anthocodia and
tentacles, while in the proximal part there are transverse rows of stouter and
rougher spicules. The thick spindles of the stalk are covered with sharp spinules;
those of the anthocodia and its wreath are slender spindles. Color in alcohol
was grayish brown. Off Newfoundland, in 1267 in.

Gersemia rubiformis Pallas. (Ehr.)

See above, page 4o, and Plate I; Figs. 1-lf. Plate II; Figs. l-4a. Plate XVIIa;

Fig. 1.

Additional specimens of this species were collected by Mr. Johansen in
1920. One is from near the entrance of Richmond gulf, in 25 fathoms, sand and
stones, Aug. 23. Two other specimens are from near the same place in 15 to 20
fathoms, stones and algae, Aug. 24, 1920.

With this was a very interesting young specimen in hemispherical shape,
about 2mm. broad. It has a central polyp, surrounded by seven slightly smaller
unequal ones, and there are about eight to ten still smaller younger outer ones
irregularly alternating. The base has a thin transparent outer edge. All the
polyps are entirely contracted. The tissues are translucent and show the usual
bright red spicules. The outer polyps are quite young and imperfectly developed.

Another specimen was taken between Great Whale river and Richmond
gulf, L. 56° N., August, 1920 (Johansen coll.).

Gersemia longiflora Verrill.

Gersemia longiflora VERRILL, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoology, vol. XI, p. 44, pi. Ill,
figs. 6-6b, 1883; Annual Report U.S. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries for 1883,
pp. 513, 533, pi. II, fig. 13, 1885.

Plate IV; Fig. 8. Plate XIV; Figs. 3, 3a, variety. Text Fig. 13. Type.

This species has a naked stalk, sometimes bulbous at the base and enclosing
mud, though it evidently starts adhering to some solid object; most frequently
a dead gorgonian axis. It branches openly and the polyps lie along the elongated
branches, rather loosely. They are longer than in most species and nearly
cylindric, with little or no ccenenchyma between them. The spicules of the type
are nfctably slender (PL IV, fig. 8). Most of them are slender warted spindles
and slender oblong foims; some are almost rod like. They are more slender than
in any other described species of this genus, and quite unlike those of G. fruiicosa,
which has a similar mode of branching. Jungersen's supposition that it was the

A Icyonaria

G49

same as G. fruticosa is incorrect. The type was taken by the "Blake" in 1186
fathoms, off Deleware, only one specimen was then found. It was taken by the
"Albatross" and the "Blake" off New Jersey and Delaware, in 1186 to 1917
fathoms, and off Georges Bank in 858 fathoms, in 1883. Common in the deeper
stations.

Fig. 13. Gersemia longiflora Verrill. Type, a, one of the branches, enlarged about twice; 6, one of the
polyps, more enlarged; c, some of the spicules.

It is possible that the later specimens, such as the one figured on my PI,
XIV, fig. 3, are not identical with the type. The latter, as originally figured,
has elongated cylindrical calicles,. resembling those of a Telesto, with no ccenen-
chyma between them and the spicules are more slender than usual in Gersemia,
while the later specimens are more like Gersemia fruticosa in form. Unfortun-
ately these types are not at present available for reexamination. It is possible
that the type does not belong to the genus Gersemia.

9343—4

50 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Gersemia rubiformis (Pallas.) One of the polyps nearly expanded, somewhat flattened by pressure.

x about 20.

From Station 20g, Port Clarence bay.

Fig. la. The same. Another polyp, less compressed, showing the small spicules of the anthocodial por-
tion, x about 20.
la1. One of the smaller immature polyps.

Fig. Ib. The same: two of the tentacles. x about 45.

s, s1, s11, spicules from the anthocodia. x 45.

Fig. Ic. The same: tip of a branchlet with retracted polyps showing the character of the calicles.
Figs. Id, Id1. The same: sections of branches showing the arrangement of the longitudinal tubes: Id is

from a large branch. x about 10.

Fig. le. The same: disk of a polyp with the tentacles removed. x 20.

Fig. If. The same: group of the eggs from the tubes, some are immature. x 20.

Figs. 2, 2a. Gersemia canadensis, new sp. Type. Two of the exsert polyps, somewhat contracted, x 20.
Figs. 2b, 2c.. The same: two nearly retracted polyps, exposing the anthocodia above the calicle; 2c

has some young^ polyp calicles around the mature one. x 20.

Fig. 2d. The same: end of a branch showing a group of stellate calicles and one anthocodia. x 20.
Fig. 3. Gersemia rubiformis: a pale variety from Orphan Bank. A large calicle and anthocodia from the
tip of a branchlet, surrounded by immature calicles. x 20.

Alcyonaria

G51

PLATE I.

9343—4J

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Gersemia rubiformis (Ehren.) Red spicules from a Port Clarence bay specimen. Station 20o.

x about 165.

Fig. 2. The same: group of red spicules from a specimen from Station 24; a — g are from the superficial layer
of the calicles: e, f are endwise views; h — k are from the stalk. x about 165.

Fig. 3. The same. Red spicules of specimen from point Barrow — mostly from the superficial layer
of a branch. x 165.

Figs. 4, 4a*. The same. A pale variety with nearly white spicules, from Orphan Bank; Figs. 4, a — c are
from the stalk; 4a, a — m are mostly from the external layer of the calicle, and surrounding
surface layer; j is a compound cross; i, j , k, are end views. x 165.

Fig. 5. Gersemia canadensis, new species, type. Group of spicules from an entire branchlet and the basal
expansion; a — g are the larger spicules from the thin attached base; a, b, c, are classed as
warted double-spindles; e, f, are irregular double spindles; h,-o, are mostly white double-
spindles from the surface layer of the calicles; n, n, are end views of the same kind; p is an
irregular compound cross; q, r, r, s, are simple warted spindles; t1, t11, are slender spindles
from the anthocodial portion of the calicles. x 165.

Fig. 6. G. rubiformis (Ehrenberg). Red spicules of the larger kinds from a specimen from Point Locker,
c is seen endwise, e is a compound cross-shaped form frequent in this species. x 165.

Alcyonaria

G53

PLATE II.

54 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Stylatula columbiana Verrill. New species. Type. One of the wings or pinnae from near the
distal end , with a reduced number of polyps , some of which are nearly expanded, x about 10

Fig. 2. The same. Basal part of wing, more enlarged to show arrangement of the spicules on stalk and
base of wing. x 20.

Fig. 3. The same. One of the larger, wings from the central part with the polyps partly contracted, some
of the crowded polyps are omitted. x 10.

Fig. 4. The same. Four of the mature polyps from one of the larger wings, nearly expanded. x 20.

Fig. 4a. Some of the supporting spibules of the same. e, Transverse sections of some of these
spicules. x 45.

Fig. 5. Gersemia fruticosa (Sars.) Tip of a small branchlet, with a cluster of polyps partially expanded, in
alcohol. From Richmond gulf, Hudson bay. x 10

Fig. 6. The same. Another polyp as compressed under the cover glass to show the arrangement of the
spicules. x 20

Fig. 7. The same, a-o, A group of spicules from polyp-walls and tentacles; b-g, are slender spicules from
the larger or anthocodial portion; a, one of the largest spindles, probably from the collar-
like transverse rows; h-j, from the narrower proximal portion; k-o, mostly from the ten-
tacles; p-t, from the cortex of a branch. x 165

Fig. 8. Gersemia canadensis Verrill. Type. One of the nearly expanded tentacles. x about 45

All by the author.

Alcyonaria

Q 55
PLATE III.

56 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Gersemia carnea (Ag.) Ver. A young specimen nearly fully expanded, copied from a photograph
of a living specimen in aquarium, o — o, eggs. x about 2.

Fig. 2. The same. Spicules from a specimen taken at Eastport, Me. a-^e, from the anthocodiae and
tentacles; f, a group from the anthocodia; g-h, double stars; i, j, k, double heads from the
coenenchyma of the cortex; 1, I1, spindles; m, n, popped-corn-shaped from the cortex; t, u,
small double heads. x 140.

Fig. 3. The same: variety microstella Verrill. a, b, c, from the anthocodia and tentacles; d — n, from
the cortex; d, e, f, double heads; g, h, I1, double stars; i-1, stellate forms seen endwise;
m, n, very irregular branched spicules. x 140.

Figs. 4 and 5. Primnoa reseda (Pallas). Ver. Larger and smaller branches (from the Banks); a, b, young
calicles; c, a mature calicle of the larger kind; d, one of the shorter kind. x 2.

Fig. 6. The same: side view of one of the shorter mature calicles showing the forms and arrangement
of the scales. Much enlarged.

Fig. 7. Duva arborescens Dan. Spicules, after Danielssen: a — d, from the polyp-bodies; e — j, spicuies
from the branchlets; k, spicules from upper part of a branch; 1, m, spicules from a branch;
n, spicules from the base.

Fig. 8. Gersemia longiflora Verrill. 'Variety? Spicules 'mostly from the anthocodiae and tentacles of a
specimen from the gulf of St. Lawrence, a, b, c, Slender rod-like bodies, sparingly warted
or spinulose, from the anthocodiae; d — h, Stouter rods, or oblong forms from the anthoco-
diae; i, an irregular rough spindle; j — n, imperfect double spindles blunt at ends; 1 — q, small
forms mostly from the tentacles. Forms like a-f predominate and many are more slender
than those figured. x 110.

Alcyonaria

G57

PLATE IV.

58 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Eunephthya thrysoidea Verrill. Type from cape of Good Hope. Side view of one of the polyps to
show the arrangement and forms of the spicules, and the spinose convex surface of the antho-
codial region. The tentacles are strongly incurved . x 36.

Fig. la. The same. Spicules. a, a foliated and spinose club from the outer rows of the anthocodia,
one of the more common forms; b, a one-sided club from lower part of the same area; c, a
more slender form of club from the anthocodia; d, an irregular trilobed form; e, a small
spindle from a tentacle. x 70.

Fig. 2. Drifa glomerata Verrill. Spicules from the type of Eunephthya glomerata V. a-f, clubs and a
rough spindle from the anthocodia for comparison with those of fig. la. x 132.

Fig. 2a. The same: a — e, various forms of clubs from the anthocodia; f — g, one-sided clubs; h, acorn-
pound cross; j — 1, smaller clubs; m, a spindle spinose on one side; n, a normal spindle'
o — r, small spicules from the tentacles. x 132.

Fig. 3. Gersemia clavata Dan. A polyp partly expanded, from an alcoholic specimen, from the gulf of St.
Lawrence. The anthocodial region is somewhat flattened by pressure, and therefore appears
relatively too wide. x 36.

Fig. 3a. The same specimen: spicules. a — h, from the anthocodia; i — m, from the coenenchyma of a
branchlet; n — p, from a tentacle. x 132.

Fig. 4. Gersemia clavata Dan: Spicules of the type, after Danielssen. a — e, spicules from the anthocodia;
i, j, 1, from the cortex of the stem; k — m, from the cortex of a branch.

Fig. 5. Gersemia mirdbilis Dan: Spicules from the type, after Danielssen. a, b, c, spindles from the
anthocodia; d — g, from the tentacles; h — 1, from the cortex of stem and base.

Alcyonaria

G59

PLATE V.

60 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Antholhela grandiflora (Sars) Verrill. Calicles from the type described in 1869. x 8.

Fig. 2. The same; x 66.

a-h, spicules from the anthocodia and tentacles.

a, c, spindles.

b, curved or bow-form from wreath at base of anthocodia.
d, h, smaller forms from the tentacles.

Fig. 3. The same; x 66.

a — f , spicules from the coenenchyma.
Fig. 4. The same; x 66.

a — g, spicules from the axis.
Fig. 5. Cornulariella modesta Verrill. Spicules from the type.

a, b, spindles from the cortex of the base. x 132.

Fig. 6. The same; a, b, c, spicules from the calicles. x 132.

Fig. 7. The same. Spicule from the polyp. x 132.

Fig. 8. Paramuricea placomus(L.') Koll.

a — p, Spicules from the anthocodia and tentacles of a large Norwegian specimen.

a, b, c, h, bent spicules from the anthocodia.

d, e, e1, straight spindles.

f» g» h, j, j1, irregular forms.

l--p, small spicules from the tentacles.

i, irregular small clubs from the calicle.
Fig. 8a; The same;

a — e, spicules from the calicles and ccenenchyma.

A Icyonaria

G 61

PLATE VI.

62 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE VII.

Figs. 1—7. Trachythcla rudis Verrill, new sp. Type.

Fig. 1. Anthocodia and top of calicle, end view. x 7.

Fig. 2. The same: side view of anthocodia and spicules in the base of the tentacles.

Fig. 3. View of a part of a stolon with calicle removed. x 7.

Fig. 4. The same. x 56.

a — s, spicules from the anthocodia and tentacles.
Fig. 5. The same. x 56.

a — o, spicules mostly from the ccenenchyma.
Fig. 6. The same. x 56.

a — g, spicules from the inner part of polyp, mostly irregular forms.
Fig. 7. The same: spicules from the inner layers of the coenenchyma. x 90.

a, one of the larger clubs.

b— d, larger forms of spindles.

e — k, smaller forms of clubs.

1 — o, irregular small forms.

Alcyonaria

64 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Lepidomuricea grandis Verrill. Type.

Group of spicules from the coenenchyma. x about 48.

a— f, flat rough, irregular, scale-like forms.

g — h, elongated irregular spindles.

j, acutely waited or thorny irregular club with the point projecting from the surface.

y, a simple slender spindle.
Fig. 2. The same specimen. Group of spicules from the calicles. x 50. By A.H.V.

a — e, flattened somewhat scale-like imbricated spicules.

f — g, similar flat forms with short acute outer tips.

h, a more acute spicule with an acute distal projecting tip and a branched root-like inserted base
belonging to one of the proximal series of the spiniform calicinal armature.

i, a more spiniform spicule from near the margin of the calicle.

j, a simple spindle with a spiniform tip.

1-p, bent spindles from the basal collar of the anthocodia.
Fig. 3. Paragorgia pacifica Verrill. Type. Part of a section across a branch, x 15, original by A.H.V.

a — a — a, larger longitudinal canals and / smaller canal in the ccenenchyma or outer layer.

d — d, g — g, smaller canals in the middle layer.

h, h, canals in the inner or axial layer.

i, central canal.

c, ccenenchyma.

s, s, s, polyp cavities.

Fig. 4. The same specimen: spicules from the outer part of the ccenenchyma. x 130.

Fig. 4a. The same: spicules from the middle layer. x 130.

Fig. 4b. The same: spicules from the inner or axial layer; i, h, are seen endwise. x 130.

Alcyonaria

G 65

PLATE VIII-

9343—5

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE IX.

Primnoa reseda (Pallas). Photograph of a rather large specimen from Queen Charlotte islands, British
Columbia. About $ nat. size.

Alcyonaria

G67
PLATE IX

9343—

68 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE X.
Lepidomuricea grandis Verrill. Type. Photograph of a large specimen about i nat. size.

Alcyonaria

G69

PLATE X.

70 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XI.
Gersemia carnea (Ag.) Verrill. Photograph of a large specimen contracted in alcohol. About nat. size.

Alcyonaria

G 71

PLA7E XI.

72 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XII.

Ptilosarcus gurneyi Gray. Photographs of a large specimen from Orca, Alaska.
Fig. 1. Back side, to show large areas of siphonozooids.
Fig. 2. The same specimen, front view of polypiferous side.
Both figures about f natural size.

Alcyonaria

G 73

PLATE XII.

74 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XIII.
Fig. 1. Paragorgia arborea (L.). A branch, about | natural size, of a rather slender specimen.

Alcyonaria

G 75

PLATE XIII.

•HI

76 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Paragorgia arbor ea (L.). Swollen end of a branch, enlarged about 1$.

Fig. 2. Drifa glomerata Ver. Three polyps from a large Hudson bay specimen; p, a planula-form larva

being discharged. Two of these polyps are immature. Much enlarged.
Fig. 2a. The same. Surface spicules of the anthocodia as seen more or less endwise in natural positions ;

much enlarged.

Fig. 2b. The same. Surface spicules of the ccenenclyma, with the same enlargement.
Fig. 3. Gersemia longiflora var. (?). Ver. A specimen surrounding a fragment of a gorgonian axis and

then extending its base so as to include a lump of mud for anchorage. Enlarged I?. This is not

the typical form.

Fig. 3a. The same. One of the branches, enlarged about 3.
Fig. 4. Drifa ramosa Studer. Spicules of the type from off Newfoundland, after Studer; a, one of the

spindles; b, c, two clubs from the anthocodia; enlarged 270.
Fig. 5. Anthomastus grandiflorus Ver. A small specimen with only seven large polpys in nearly full

expansion, from a fresh specimen. The tentacles are not of their full length. About natural size.
Fig. 5a. The same. Three of the spicules; (a) club; (b) double star; (c) spindle. Much enlarged.
Fig. 6. The same. A very young specimen with three or four contracted polyps. About natural size.
Fig. 7. The same. A younger one with three expanded polyps. This and the last have clavate lobes at

the base for anchorage in soft mud. About f natural size.

Figs. 1, 5, 6, 7 by J. H. Emerton; the others by the author.

Alcyonaria

78 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Drifa glomeraia Ver. A group of spicules (a-u) from the ccenenchyma of a branch from a large
Hudson bay specimen, much enlarged. Leitz No. 6.

Fig. 2. The same. A group of spicules from the anthocodia; a-g, some of the larger and rougher forms of
clubs; h, a spinulose spindle; much enlarged.

Fig. 3. Drifa flavescens Dan. = ZX glomerate Ver. Spicules from the type, after Danielssen; a, b, club
and spindle from the anthocodia; c, d, club and spindle from the lower part of a polyp; e, f,
double star and double spindle or girdled spindle from the coenenchyma of the stalk; much
enlarged.

Fig. 4. The same. Transverse section of a polyp containing eggs and planulae, after Danielssen. Enlarged.

Fig. 5. The same. One of the planulae much enlarged, after Danielssen. The planulae even in this early
stage are filled with small fusiform spicules.

Fig. 6. Duva rosea Dan. Type. A terminal branch, after Danielssen. Enlarged about 2.

Fig. 6a. The same. Spicules from the anthoocdia; (a) slender; (b) stouter warted spindles. After Daniels-
sen; (6b) the same. Spicules from the branches much enlarged.

Fig. 7. Duva multiflora Ver. One of the calicles much enlarged, By the author.

Alcyonaria

PLATE XV.

G 79

80 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Keratoisis ornata Ver. Photograph of the type specimen about | natural size. The axis is exposed
in some places. Specimen was dry; from the Banks.

Fig. la. The same specimen. A portion having the dried calicles more or less disturbed. About natural
size.

Fig. Ib. The same specimen. A calcareous segment, with two of the short horny ones (c, c,) partly de-
tached. About natural size.

Figs. 2, 3. Acanella normani Ver. Two branches, each with the remarkable egg (e, e,) of Myxine gelatinosa
attached. About natural size. From the Banks.

Fig. 4. The same. A group of polyps in expansion. Enlarged about 6 times.

Alcyonaria

G81

PLATE XVI.

9343—6

82 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Anthomastus grandiflorus Ver. Spicules from the coenenchyma: a-d, elongated rod-like forms

and slender spindles, these are the dominant forms; e-g, club-like forms; h-m, short irregular

spicules; n-o, small crosses; p, an unusual large branched form.
Fig. la. The same. Slender internal spindles from the coelenteron walls.
Fig. Ic. The same. Spicules from the tentacles of No. 6436.

Fig. Id. The same. Spicules from the outer layer of the tentacles of a specimen from the Banks (lot 404)
Fig. 2. Anthomastus agassizii Ver., new sp. Spicules from the coenenchyma, outer layer; a-d, shorter

spindles strongly spinulose; e-g, short stellate and irregular forms.
Fig. 2a. The same. Spicules of the interior, from the coelenteron walls; h-k, slender rod-like forms; these

are the dominant kinds; 1, a club; m, a small cross — few of these occur.

Fig. 2b. The same. Spicules from the tentacles; n-o, rod-like forms; p, a short irregular kind.
Fig. 2c. The same. Spicules from the outer layer of the polyps; r-v, short, thick ellipsoids and ovate

forms, strongly spinulose; x, stellate form; y, a double star; z, a small cross seen in profile.
Fig. 3. Acanella normani Verrill. A cluster of four contracted polyps from tip of a branch; enlarged

about 7 times.

Fig. 3a. The same. Spicules; not the largest.

Figs. 4, 4a. Keratoisis ornata Verrill. Two calicles; a longer and a shorter one from the same stalk.
Fig. 4b. The same. One of the larger spicules from the calicles; b, three of the small spicules from the

coenenchyma.

A Icyonaria

G83

9343—6^

84 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 19 IS- 191 8

PLATE XVIlA.

Fig. 1. Gersemia rubiformis (Ehr.). From a photograph under water, of a large alcoholic
specimen, only partly contracted, from Grantley harbour, Port Clarence, Alaska,
station 20d, in 2-3 fathoms. About natural size. See page 6 G.

Figs. 2 and 3. Drifa glomerata Verrill. Front and back views, photographed under water, from
the largest Hudson bay alcoholic specimen described. See page 46 G. All photo-
graphed by Professor Alexander Petrunkevitch.

Alcyonaria

G85

PLATE XVIU.

86 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XVIIi.

Figs. 1, 2. Pennatula aculeata (Sars) Dan. A deep-sea variety (var. laxa, new) having the pinnae unusually
long and far apart, and with fewer and more separated calicles than in the ordinary kind; natural
size, from photographs.

A Icyonaria

G87

PLATE XVIII.

I

III.

The Actinaria of the Canadian Arctic Expeditions, with Notes on Inter-
esting Species from Hudson Bay and other
Canadian Localities.

By A. E. VERRILL

Professor Emeritus, Yale University
(With thirteen plates and nine text figures).

Only a few specimens of Actinians were received by me from the Canadian
Arctic Expedition, 1913-18, besides a few larval forms, belonging to a Cerianthus.
One specimen is of interest because it is in process of dividing by fissiparity.
Three species of Actinians of considerable interest and not previously known
from Hudson bay were obtained by Mr. F. Johansen in 1920. Others were
collected there by Dr. A. P. Low. Three species from Hudson bay are now
described as new species.

In addition, I have thought it best to include a number of little known
species, from both coasts of Canada, that need revision, and especially those
from the rich fauna of the fishing Banks off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland.
But this article is not intended to include a complete list of the Banks species,
though it includes most of those commonly found there.

The drawings from living specimens were mostly made by Mr. J. H. Emerton.
I am much indebted to Professor Alexander Petrunkevitch of Yale University
for the pains he has taken in making for me photographs from several difficult
subjects figured in this part and the preceding part of this report. Several
of the anatomical drawings in each article were made by Mr. A. H. Verrill.

Order ACTINARIA
Family SAGARTIAD^E Gosse.

Actinians usually with numerous retractile tentacles, and always having
acontia and normally cinclidse. Acontia may be emitted from the mouth as
well as from cinclida. Column variable, either without suckers or with suckers
or verrucse. Sphincter muscle is usually mesogloeal and more or less diffuse,
or it may be in two parts; rarely it is more or less endodermal. Mesenteries
are usually hexamerous, but they may be pentamerous, decamerous or irregular.
Often only 6 to 12 pairs, including directives are perfect down to the bottom of
the stomodaeum, and the six primary pairs are nearly always sterile; more
pairs may be adherent to the stomodseum near the oral disk, and sometimes
for its whole length. Variations from this normal arrangement are frequent.
There may be two siphonoglyphs and two pairs of directives in the more normal
species, but some species of Sagartia, Metridium, etc, may have only one siphon-
oglyph and one pair of directives, as often as two pairs, or there may be three
or more pairs and corresponding siphonoglyphs. Such variations are believed
to be due to their asexual modes of reproduction. See below under Met

Among the eastern American species that have such notable variations are
Sagartia (Thoe) lucice Verrill, and S. spongicola Verrill, and Metridium dianthus.
(See McMurrich, Zool. Bulletin, Vol. 1, No. 3, 1897). Among English species

90 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

remarkable variations of this kind occur in Sagartia venusta, S. miniata, and
other allied species. (See Dixon, Proc. Boyal Dublin Soc., Vol. VI, pp. 136-142,

1888).

Sub-family SAGARTIN^) Verrill, 1868.

Sagartian actinians having a flexible column wall, without a closely adherent
epidermal coating, with cinclidse, with or without adhesive suckers, without
thickened tubercles or verrucae.

Metridium dianthus (Ellis) Oken.

Actinia dianthus ELLIS, Phil. Trans., Vol. 47, p. 428, PI. XIX, fig. 67, 1767.
ELLIS and SOLANDER, Hist. Zoophytes, p. 7, 1786; also many later writers.

Metridium dianthus OKEN, Lehrb., Vol. Ill, p. 450, 1815; H. M.-EDWARD and
HAIME, Corrall., Vol. 1, p. 253, 1857; McMuRRiCH, Annals New York
Acad. of Science, Vol. XIV, No. 1, p. 3, pi. 1, figs. 1-5, 1901. (Sections).

Actinoloba dianthus (BLAINVILLE) GOSSE, Actinologia Brit., p. 12, pi. I, fig. 1,
1860. ANDRES, Attinie, p. 133, fig. 15 (after GOSSE).

Metridium marginatum (LES.) H. M.-EDWARD, op. cit., p. 234, 1857; VERRILL,
Revision Polyps E. Coast, pp. 22-24, 1864, and most other American
writers formerly.

Metridium fimbriatum VERRILL, Proc. Essex Inst., Vol. IV, p. 150, 1865, des-
cribed from Calif ornian speciemns.

Metridium senile McMuRRiCH, Trans. Royal Soc., Canada, Vol. IV, section 4,
p. 60, 1910, (not Actinia senilis LINN., 1767, nor Priapus sinilis LINV..
1761).

Plate XXVI; Fig. 2. Plate XXXI; Fig. 6.

This species is readily distinguished by its smooth column, well defined
parapet, widely expanded oral disk, which in well grown specimens when ex-
panded is thrown into a number of marginal frills or wavy lobes covered with
large numbers of small and rather slender tentacles. The outer ones much
smaller than the inner ones.

When very large it may have about a thousand tentacles, and a corres-
ponding number of mesenterial pairs, and abundant white acontia, which
are readily emitted from scattered cinclidaB when the creature is roughly handled,
and also from the mouth.

It is very changeable in form while living. In full expansion it may be
much higher than broad, or its height may be less than its diameter. The
disk is usually much wider than the column. Its disk and tentacles can be
completely invected together with the upper part of the column, and then
it may have a hemispherical form or become even more depressed in form.

Its colours on the New England coast are very variable, rarely white or
blotched with white. Most frequently its colour is dull yellowish brown, dark
olive-colour, or chestnut brown to umber brown and often blotched or streaked
with lighter colours; sometimes it is pale buff, salmon-colour or flesh-colour,
rarely brick-red. The tentacles are usually paler or even white.

Professor W. R. Coe, who was one of the naturalists on the Harriman Alaska
Expedition, tells me that at Victoria, British Columbia, he found the piles
of the wharves, at low tide, entirely covered with large examples of this species,
which were, when in expansion, white or nearly so.

It is capable of reproduction asexually in several ways: by longitudinal
fission; by budding from near the base or rarely elsewhere; and by breaking
off fragments from the edge of the expanded basal disk, each of these pieces
developing into a young one in a short time. This last is a common mode of
increase.

Actinaria G 91

It may have either one, two, three or more siphonoglyphs and directive
pairs of mesenteries according to the positions whence fragments are taken
or a basal bud arises. It rarely buds from the stomodeal region. Longi-
tudinal fission is not infrequent.

The mesenteries also show considerable variations in their arrangements
largely, no doubt, in consequence of these asexual reproductions.1

Its distribution is circumpolar. It is essentially a shallow water species,
seldom found in more than 25 fathoms. It frequently occurs above low-water
mark amongst stones, on piles of wharves, and especially in cavernous places
in shore cliffs. It likes the shade.

On the Eastern American coast it extends southward to Long Island sound
and northern New Jersey. It is much more abundant north of Cape Cod, on
the coasts of Massachusetts and Maine and in the Bay of Fundy, etc., where
it becomes very large; also in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, etc.

On the northern European coasts it is abundant and extends southwards
to England, etc., and varies in colours much as it does on the American coast.
It sometimes becomes large there.

The Canadian Arctic Expedition specimens were from Port Clarence bay,
Alaska, Station 20y, in 2 to 3 fathoms, mud and thread algae, August 4-13.
Two medium-sized specimens, collected oy F. Johansen; several young ones
were on a sponge, from the same place.

Its range extends southward on the Pacific coast to San Francisco, where
it was found by Dr. Wm. Stimpson and described by me as a new species (M.
fimbriatum) many years ago (1865). His specimens were very large, pale orange
or salmon-colour, dotted with brown; lips orange.

On the North Palcifio coast it has been reborded from only a few places
between Bering strait and San Francisco. It was recorded by me, in 1869,
from Puget sound. Prof. Coe, as nientioned above, gives Victoria as a locality.
McMurrich described it from Puget sound, and recorded it from Sitka (observed
by Calkins).

Possibly it has been carried to San Francisco from more northern localities
on the bottoms of vessels. It is well adapte<d for such transportation, like
Sagartia lucice, which has now been found on the English coast, at Naples, and
at San Francisco, although only known from southern New England a few
years ago. Being a very hardy shallow water species and very prolific it ma}
well be carried across the oceans on vessel bottoms.

Metridiwn dianthus is also very hardy, as indicated by its northern and
arctic distribution. Like S. lucice, it can withstand freezing. I have kept
specimens in dishes of water until frozen within a solid mass of ice. When
slowly thawed out they completely revived.

When deprived of food for a long time a large one will gradually decrease
in size and numbers of tentacles. Some that I have tried became less than half
their original sizes and looked like young ones.

After an experience of over fifty years, I have not been able to find any
reliable differences between the North Pacific and Atlantic forms. McMurrich
also failed to find any tangible anatomical differences (1921). At present
there seems to be no doubt of the identity of the American and European
forms, though Andres kept them distinct.

Prof. McMurrich has endeavoured to restore for this species a name (senilis)
used by Linnaeus, for a small indeterminable species very imperfectly described in
1761. (Fauna Suecica). The description does not in the least apply to this

!For descriptions and discussions of the numerous variations of the mesenteries ard siphonoglyphs
of Metridium, and also its sexual modes of reproduction, see G. H. Parker:— The mesenteries and siphono-
glyphs in Metridium marginatum, in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XXX, No. 5, pp. 259-273. with plate;
also in the same work, Vol. XXV, pp. 43-53, 1899. H. B. Torrey, Observations on Monogenesis m Met-
ridium, in Proc. Calif. Acad. Science, ser. 3, vol. i, No. 10, pp. 345-360, pi. XXI, 1898; also in Proc. Wash-
ington Acad. Sci., Vol. IV, pp. 395-406, 1902. C. W. Hahn, Dimorphism and Regeneration in Metridium,
in Journ. Exper. Zool., Vol. ii, No. 2, pp. 225-235, 1905.

92 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

species. He described his thing as the size of the last joint of a finger, sordid,
rough, with a subcoriaceous tunic. Such a description could not possibly apply
to this soft and smooth species, which is not in the least subcoriaceous. It
would apply better to a Phellia or to Actinia digitata, and other local species
available for him, but it would be mere guesswork to say what species he had
in view.

European writers, who have had the best opportunities, have not been
able to agree as to this question. Moreover, aside from this uncertainty, most
modern writers have rejected most of the Linnaean names of actinians on account
of their obscenity or indecency. Prof. McMurrich (1910) tried to identify
this species by means of the earlier works loosely quoted by Linnaeus, but that
is not conclusive. The figures referred to usually represent rudely more than
one species, and none agree with his descriptions.

European writers have given the name senilis to at least four very diverse
species. Many have applied it to Urticina crassicornis, e.g. Cuvier, Brugiere,
Fabricius, Blainville, Lamarck, etc. Martens, 1838, used it for Cereus bellis
or pedunculatus. Macri (1778) identified it with Anemonia sulcata. Adams
applied it to dianthus; Ehrenberg to coriacea, etc.

All this confusion shows the impossibility of fixing the name, even if it
were not otherwise objectionable. It should be forgotten or ignored, like the
generic name used by Linnseus in 1761, and by some others of that period, for
species of Actinia. Their indecent names were usually the Latinized forms of
vulgar names used by fishermen, some of which are still in use among the fisher-
men of our own coasts, for similar things.

Metridium dianthus? (See above p. 89 G).

The specimen mentioned above as undergoing fission is placed under this
species with some doubt, partly on account of its apparently larger tentacles
and the peculiar areolation of its body-wall. It is very strongly contracted,
about an inch in diameter, and half as high, and subconical in form. It does
not show the tentacles externally. Its outer integument is irregularly rough-
ened or vermiculated by minute broken transverse and longitudinal wrinkles.
In life, according to the note accompanying the example, it was red. It has
scattered cinclidffi, from which a few broken acontia protruded. It has a distinct
parapet and ribbed capitulum. It has two well separated disks and mouths,
and two complete sets of tentacles. Not wishing to destroy the single specimen
I have made only a superficial examination of its internal structure by partial
sections. Its state of preservation is not suitable for a positive identification
of the genus or species, but it seems to be Metridium dianthus.

The wall of the body is thin, but tough and not lubricous. No suckers are
visible. The tentacles are rather larger than usual in preserved Metridium, in
a similar state of contraction. They are entirely retracted and much com-
pressed in flattened forms. No acontia were observed inside, except those
lodged in the cinclidse.

The sphincter muscle is strong, mesodermal, nearly round in transverse
sections. Mesenteries toward the base are in about 96 pairs. There are about
twelve pairs of wider and mostly perfect mesenteries; those of the third cycle
are well developed; those of the fifth cycle very small. All or nearly all of the
mesenteries bear gonads. The longitudinal muscle is definite and well-developed
in the larger mesenteries, and placed near the middle. There is considerable
irregularity in the mesenteries above the middle of the stomodffium, due to the
fission. It was taken by F. Johansen at Station 41, in Bernard harbour,
Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, in 10 meters, on a bottom of
sandy mud, July 20, 1915.

Actinaria G 93

Sub-family CHONDRACTININ^ Haddon.

Chondractinince HADDON, Sci. Trans. Royal. Dublin Soc., vol. IV, part V,
pp. 304, 305, 1889, (Revision British Actiniae, Part I). McMuRBicn,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. XVI, p. 183, 1895.

Lower part or most of the column is usually more or less firm and often
verrucose; upper part is differentiated. It is softer or more flexible, often
with crests or flutings, or defined by a transverse row of verrucse, and is capable
of being strongly infolded; outside of the lower part of the column may have a
more or less adherent epidermal coating; cinclidse few, not to be easily detected
unless in use while living. Acontise are present but not numerous. Tentacles
contractile, large, numerous, in several hexamerous cycles. Two siphonoglyphs
and two pairs of directive mesenteries are normally present. Usually there are
six or twelve pairs of wide perfect mesenteries, which may be sterile, but many
other pairs may be attached to the upper part of the stomodgeum, near the oral
disk. Sphincter muscle is mesoglceal and usually strong. Base may enclose a
ball of mud for anchorage, or it may be attached to stones, etc., or it may clasp
and surround slender supports, such as the axes of alcyonarians.

Actinauge Verrill.

Actinauge VERRILL, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XI, p. 50, 1883. Type A.
verrillii, formerly Urticina nodosa Verrill (non Miiller) .

Actinauge HADDON, op. cit.,1, p. 317,1889. McMuRRicn, op. cit., p. 183, 1893.

Large actinians of the subfamily Chondractininse, having the tentacles
and upper part of the body or capitulum capable of involution. Integument
of the body formed of two kinds; that of the lower part is firm and often thick,
with persistent, solid verrucse or tubercles, usually in vertical rows, and often
more or less covered with a thin, tough, epidermal coating; that of the upper
part of the body forms a marginal, brighter coloured capitulum below the ten-
tacles, where it is softer and lubricous, secreting mucous abundantly, and
usually rising into longitudinal ridges, crests, or oblong tubercles, which run
to and unite with the bases of all or nearly all of the tentacles. Cinclidse are
few, scattered, and inconspicuous among the verrucse, Acontia are present.
The basal disk may be broad and flat, adherent, or it may be bulbous, clasping
mud, or it may ensheath the branches of Gorgonidse, etc. Tentacles long and
large with a basal aboral lobe, contractile and retractile. The basal lobe may
be inconspicuous in strongly contracted specimens, or the distal part may be
partly invaginated into the basal lobe in some cases. Lips with large folds and
two gonidial grooves.

The soft submarginal band or capitulum is usually phosphorescent, due
to the mucous. In contracted specimens it is usually entirely invected and
concealed.

This genus, like Actinernus, has marginal elevations of the wall, running
to and uniting with the outer bases of the tentacles, but in Actinernus,
there is no specialized submarginal zone or capitulum, and the body is not
verrucose.

The sphincter muscle is large and mesoglceal. Six or twelve pairs of
mesenteries are perfect and usually sterile in the middle part of the body, but
many more may be perfect near the disk; usually only the six large primary
pairs reach the base of the stomodseum. Mesenteries may form four to six
hexamerous cycles, or even more in large examples. Mesoglcea is very thick,
especially in the upper part of the column at the parapet.

94 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Actinauge verrillii McMurrich.

Actinauge verrillii McMuRRiCH, op. cit., p. 1-4, pi. XXX; Figs. 86-89; PI.
XXXI; Figs. 90-92; PL XXXV; Fig. 121, 1893, (Structure).

Actinauge nodosa (pars) VERRILL, Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol XI, p. 50,
PL VI, figs. 7, 8, 8a, 1883; Ann. Report U.S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries
for 1883, pp. 514 (12); 534 (32); PL V, fig. 20, 1885.

Actinauge verrillii WHITEAVES, op. cit., p. 38, 1901. HARGTTT, Anthozoa of
Woods Hole Region, p. 249, 1914.

Plate XIX; Fig. 1. Plate XXVII; Fig. 2, (anatomy). Plate XXX; Fig. 2.

The most common adult form in expansion has the body more or less
cylindrical, varying to hour-glass shape. The base may be broad and flat
often much broader than the body, and adherent to stones and shells; it may
closely clasp cylindrical worm-tubes, branches of gorgonidae, etc., or more often
it may be deeply concave and bulbous, and enclose a mass of sand and mud.
(PL XIX, Fig. 1). Specimens with these different styles of base may all occur
in the same locality, without other corresponding differences.

The column is usually nearly covered with hard, prominent, and persistent
verrucae, arranged in pretty regular vertical rows, the upper ones becoming
larger and more prominent, often with a hard sharp tip, the lower ones gradually
diminishing and disappearing close to the base. Usually there are 12 larger
rounded ones in a transverse row, below the capitulum. In very large examples
the lower part of the body is usually nearly smooth and naked, with a firm,
cartilaginous texture, due to the thick mesogloea, but higher up there will usually
be some conical or rounded verrucse or small tubercles, on some of which the
brownish epidermal coating is still retained.

The tentacles are not very large, moderately long and rather stout, change-
able, with the tips either acute or obtuse; and with a distinct swollen basal
lobe; in large examples they are numerous, up to 120 or more, forming several
rows. In smaller specimens often 72 or 96. Plate XXX, Fig. 2.

When preserved, the upper part of the column is generally strongly involuted
and the tentacles and part of the capitulum are concealed. In this condition
the capitulum is covered with convergent, strongly raised folds, or crest-like
ridges, larger and smaller ones irregularly alternating. These crests correspond
in number to the tentacles, and run up to their outer bases; the larger ones,
which correspond to the inner or primary tentacles, can be traced inward
between the outer tentacles until they run to and coalesce with the external
basal portion of the inner ones. (Plate XXX, Fig. 2). The upper portion of the
column, covered by these ridges and crests, is differentiated from the part below
it, for its integument is soft and lubricous, and usually decidedly red or pink
in colour during life; and this portion, like the tentacles, secretes an abundant
mucous, which is strongly phosphorescent. A row of rounded warts or larger
tubercles, or a more or less marked, transverse, verrucose ridge or "parapet '
separates this upper or submarginal capitulum from the general surface of the
column, which is firmer, more or less verrucose, and generally wholly or partly
covered with a dirty, brownish, tough, and firmly adherent coating, which is
strongly wrinkled in contracted specimens, and sometimes has hydroids, bryozoa,
and even such shells as Anomia adhering to its surface. This covering is often
partially, and sometimes wholly wanting, especially in very large examples.
It often persists on the larger upper verrucae, even when absent elsewhere,
and in some rather exceptional specimens it is much thickened on these warts,
or even forms for them hard conical tips, sometimes affecting thus only the
uppermost row, but at other times several series of them.

The colour of the body, in life, is usually dull pale red, flesh colour or sal-
mon, where it is not concealed by the dirty, dark brown epidermis; the verruca

Actinaria G 95

are often whitish or pink, while the wrinkles and grooves between them are
dark brown or mud-colour; the submarginal zone, which is 15 to 20 mm. or
more broad in the larger examples, is bright red, orange-brown, or chocolate-
brown; the colour is often in stripes of darker and lighter tints. The tentacles
are usually dark pink, salmon, orange or orange-brown, varying to dull red
and chocolate-brown. Disk usually orange or reddish brown, or chocolate,
with lighter and darker radii.

Specimens from stony bottoms have the base broad and firmly adherent
to pebbles, shells, etc. On fine sandy and muddy bottoms in deep water the
base usually becomes bulbous and swollen, enclosing and nearly surrounding
a large mass of sand or mud; in these situations the basal part of the column is
evidently buried in the materials of the bottom and as the base has only a small
opening to its large cavity it is unable to withdraw itself from the enclosed mass
of dirt, of which there is often several ounces in each of the large actinians, and
there may be a hundred or more of these in a single haul of the trawl.1 The
haul gave excellent samples of the bottom deposits unaltered by washing out.

This species, like several others, also has the habit of attaching itself to
the dead stems of gorgonians, to stems of large hydroids, to sponges (Cladorhiza
grandis), and especially to the large quill-like tubes of the large annelid, Hyalin-
cecia artifex Ver., which is often very abundant on the same muddy bottoms-
where this actinian abounds. Such examples, as they grow larger, fold the basal
disk around the supporting stem or tube until the two edges meet and then
firmly unite together, by a suture, so that the stem seems to go through the base
itself.

These three forms of the base occur in specimens that are otherwise similar,
and also in several varieties based on the tuberculation of the surface. Speci-
mens having flat and others with bulbous bases often occur in the same haul
and some have been taken that are intermediate, having one edge of the base
attached to a small shell or pebble, while the rest of it enclosed mud.

This species grows to a large size. Examples were often taken that were
80 to 100 mm. (4 inches) in diameter, and 100 to 150 mm. (6 inches) high.
Ordinary adult specimens are 50 to 75 mm. broad, and 80 to 100 mm. high,
with the larger tentacles about 15 to 20 mm. long.

It has been taken by the U.S. Fish Commission at a large number of stations
on the Gulf Stream slope, off Martha's Vineyard, Nan tucket, and Long Island,
and off Chesapeake bay, during 1880, to 1886, in 86 to 1,098 fathoms. In this
region it is often very abundant and of large size. The smaller ones here mostly
occur clasping the large tubes of Hyalincecia ; the large ones in the deeper localities
generally enclose a ball of fine sand or mud in the bulbous base.

Actinauge rugosa. New species.

Urticina nodosa (Fabr.) VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, Vol. VI, p. 440; vol.
VII, p. 413, pi. VII, fig. 7, 1874 (non FABRICIUS sp.), Proc. Amer. Assoc.
Adv. Science, Vol. for 1873, p. 349, 1874, (Exploration of Casco Bay).
Not Actinauge nodosa VERRILL, of 1882-3. SMITH and HARGER, Trans.
Conn. Acad. Science, Vol. Ill, pp. 11, 54, 1874.

Plate XIX; Figs. 2 & 3. [Plate XXIV; Fig. 2. Plate XXVII; Fig. 1.

Text Fig. 14.

Column mostly rather rigid with a thick and firm cortex, with some adherent
epidermis; generally nearly cylindrical with a somewhat expanded base; upper
part or capitulum defined by a transverse row of about twelve larger or more

1 At some localities in deep water, off the northeastern United States coast, at least a barrel full or
hundreds of large actinians were brought up in a single haul of the trawl. This species made up the greater
part of such lots.

96 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

prominent usually compressed and irregular, obtuse or subconical tubercles;
below these the surface, except near the base, is covered with rather scattered
and unevenly placed firm tubercles, varying in size, and mostly transversely
elongated in contraction; between these the surface is strongly transversely and
longitudinally wrinkled in contraction. The tubercles in large specimens do
not show any notable arrangement in vertical rows, in most cases, because of
their fewness, but they are actually in rows, more evidently so in the young.
The upper part, or capitulum, has a softer integument and is closely covered
with numerous prominent folds or crests, having the thicker aboral lower edge
lobed or verrucose, or irregularly scalloped or crenulatud; less so in the young;
each of these extends to and joins a tentacle, becoming thin and smooth near the
margin. This capitulum can be completely contracted and infolded, together
with the reversed tentacles.

The tentacles are numerous, 96 or more in the larger specimens, arranged
in about five cycles. They are rather stout not very long, usually blunt in
expansion; the inner 12 or 24 are much the larger; those in the outer rows are
not very small in the type. Two siphonoglyphs and the lip-lobes are large.
The colour of the column, when cleaned of its dark coating, below the capitulum
or collor, in life was usually dull pale red or flesh-colour, with the exposed sum-
mits of the tubercles whitish. The capitulum was brighter red and lubricous;
tentacles were either dull salmon-colour or brown, sometimes chocolate-colour.

Fig. 14. Actinauge rugosa VerriH. Imperfect mesenteries of the 4th and 5th cycles with the
gonads partly removed, much enlarged.

It was first taken by the "Bache," in 1873, in 430 fathoms, off Georges
bank. It also occurred off Casco bay in 1873, in 95 fathoms. Also in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence (Coll. Whiteaves). A number of specimens taken on
the Grand Banks and other fishing banks were brought in by the Gloucester,
Mass., fishermen and presented to the U.S. Fish Commission in 1878 to 1881.
They were all listed then as U. nodosa. It was not nearly so abundant in our
collections as A. verrillii. It has also been taken by the U. S. Fish Commission
off Cape Cod, in 50 to 90 fathoms; Gulf of Maine, Massachusetts bay, Bay of
Fundy, in 50 to 150 fathoms; off Nova Scotia, in 50 to 110 fathoms, 1877.

A few specimens of relatively small size are in the collections from Hudson
bay in 1920. These are strongly contracted and some are still partially covered
on their sides and bases with a dark brown adherent epidermal coating, as in
most other localities. The bases were adherent to stones. The verrucae of the
walls are not very conspicuous, but form imperfect longitudinal rows. The
surface between them is strongly wrinkled both ways. The cinclida3 are incon-
spicuous among the wrinkles and appear to be few.

One lot (of 2) was from Richmond gulf, about three miles from the entrance
east side of Hudson bay, in 12-13 fathoms, stones, sand and red alga?, about
N. lat. 56°, Aug. 23, 1920. Collection of F. Johansen.

Actinaria G 97

The other was from Richmond gulf in 25 fathoms, Aug. 24, 1920, obtained
from Eskimos by F. Johansen. Another specimen came from Richmond gulf in
15-25 fathoms. Collected by A. P. Low, June, 1899. In collection of Victoria
Memorial Museum, Cat. No. 55, Coelenterates.

It was not previously known to occur in Hudson bay, nor in such shallow
watej.

It has also been taken by the U.S. Fish Commission off Cape Cod, in 50 to
90 fathoms; Gulf of Maine; Massachusetts Bay; Bay of Fundy, in 50 to 150
fathoms; off Nova Scotia, in 50 to 110 fathoms, 1877.

In longitudinal sections (PL XXVII, fig. 1) the column wall is seen to be
very thick, especially in the upper part, or parapet, next the capitulum, owing
to the thick mesogloea, especially if the section cuts one of the larger verrucse.
The sphincter muscle is very large and thick, with a simple pinnate arrangement
of the muscle fibres. The stomodaeum is large with strong longitudinal folds.
Only a few acontia were found.

In a transverse section of a small specimen from Hudson bay, about 30
mm. in diameter, about the middle of the stomodaeum, there are four complete
hexamerous cycles of mesenteries. The six primary pairs are alone perfect and
sterile; their longitudinal muscles are rather thin and extend nearly across
them. All the other mesenteries are covered with gonads, which completely
fill all the areas between the primary pairs. The secondary pairs nearly reach
the stomodeal wall; the tertiaries are small but well developed; those of the
fourth cycle are quite narrow and thin, but all bear gonads.

In a transverse section made across the upper part of the stomodaeum, near
the oral disk, most of the tentacles, or their basal lobes, are cut across, for they
are infolded within the stomodaeum; here there are 12 pairs of nearly equal
perfect pairs of mesenteries, and it is not easy to distinguish those of the first
and second cycles except by their positions, for all are much alike. Their
muscles are thickened. In this section the mesenteries of the third and some of
the fourth cycles bear gonads; those of the fourth cycle are very small and some
are lacking.

This was formerly believed by me to be the true Actinia nodosa of O.
Fabricius (1780), from deep water off Greenland, very briefly and poorly
described.

Haddon (op. cit., 1890, p. 308, PL XXXIII, fig. 13, PL XXXV, fig. 4)
described and figured a very different looking specimen, taken off Greenland,
as the true nodosa, and referred it to the genus Chondr actinia, after Lutken, 1860.

Haddon' s specimen looks more like my C. tuber culosa than like the present
species, which is a true Actinauge, having the capitulum covered with high
crests. His specimen had a smooth capitulum and the column tubercles are
conical and in regular vertical rows, while the tentacles lack the basal lobe.
Its column wall was unusually rigid.

However, among the many hundreds of specimens of this group, dredged
by the "Albatross" in deep water there were some that had verrucse arranged
as in Haddon's C. nodosa and probably were the same species. They were at
that time classed as one of the varieties of the present species. They are not
now accessible for examination.

The Actinauge nodosa of Danielssen is also unlike Haddon's C. nodosa, and
may be identical with my Chondractinia tuber culosa. It is covered with large,
irregular tubercles and has a smooth capitulum. Tentacles rather long and
stout, round tipped.

9343—7

98 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Actinauge borealis. New species.
Plate XXIV; Figures 1-lh.

Among the Hudson bay actinians were two specimens that seem to belong
to an undescribed species resembling Actinauge rugosa externally, but having
much longer tentacles which lack the large basal lobe usually seen in that genus,
and differ in other ways.

Both specimens are very strongly contracted, so that the internal organs
form a compact mass. The longer invected tentacles reach to and In-low the
base of the long stomodseum, or quite to the basal disk in some cases.

The column-wall is firm, strongly wrinkled both longitudinally and trans-
versely; it also has vertical rows of low, but persistent, verrucse. The whole
surface below the capitulum is covered with a firmly adherent, thin, dark coloured
eipdermal coating, much as Phellia. The capitulum is strongly invected, but
sections show that it is covered by numerous raised ridges, with ;. plain edge
toward the margin, but thickened and crenulated toward the parapet.

The verruca on the parapet are not much more prominent ihan those
below, and have the same structure.

The tentacles are numerous, up to 84 to 96, slender, the inner ones nearly
as long as the column; they are so crowded by contraction that they M<- angular
in sections.

The stomodseum is elongated with the walls strongly plicated. Two siph-
onoglyps are present.

The sphincter muscle (Plate XXIV, figs. 1, la) is mesogloeal and very well
developed. In transverse sections, made near the oral disk (figs. lb-ic) and
including some of it, there are about 24 to 40 perfect mesenteries, which are
all very much alike, with strong retractor muscles extending nearly across their
whole breadth.

Between these perfect mesenteries there are pairs of small, narrow ones,
which bear gonads. A little lower down there are twelve pairs of perfect mesent-
eries; and below the middle of the stomodaeum there are only six pairs. They
are sterile (fig. If). All the other mesenteries bear dense clusters of gonads and
filaments, squeezed compactly together by the severe contractions of the walls.

Between every pair of mesenteries there is a narrow, angular, raised endo-
dermal ridge (r, r,) which appears triangular in the transverse sections. These
occur of larger size and less acute between the primaries, and are very small
between those of the fourth and fifth cycles (fig. If).

The ectoderm (figs, le, If, h, h) is moderately thick and firm, with deep
grooves caused by wrinkles, and containing more or less of the dark epidermal
coating, and with thickened places caused by the verruca (figs. Id, Ig, v, v).

The mesoglcea is much thicker than the ectoderm and endoderm. com-
bined (le, Ig, h, h). It is crossed by numerous very fine, nearly straight, muscu-
lar lines, running out from the endoderm at nearly right angles, often more than
half way across. In some sections they are bent a little in zigzag forms.

None of the original colour remains except a tinge of light red on the retracted
oral part of the disk and upper part of the mesenteries (fig. 1, m).

The contracted specimens are nearly cylindric and higher than broad.
The larger one is 25 mm. high; 13 mm. in diameter; length of the longer retracted
tentacles 22 mm.; outer shorter ones, about 10 to 12 mm.

These two specimens came from Richmond gulf, east side of Hudson bay,
in 25 fathoms, August 24, 1920, obtained from Eskimos by F. Johansen.

The generic position of this species seemed a little doubtful. It looks
much like some species of Phellia, but differs in having a verrucose wall and a
ribbed capitulum. From typical A ctinauge it differs chiefly in lacking notable
basal tentacular lobes and in having very long slender tentacles. However, a
careful examination shows the basal lobe on some of the less powerfully com-

Adinaria G 99

pressed tentacles. Their apparent absence on others is probably due to the
violent pressure put on them during contraction.

The dark epidermal coating is thicker, rougher, and more firmly adherent
than in the allied species. It covers the basal disk and all the column- wall up
to the capitulum, and penetrates deeply into the wrinkles of the surface, as seen
in sections.

Stephanauge Verrill.

Stephanauge VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Sci., Vol.. VII, p. 145, note, Feb., 1899
Type, S. nexilis Ver.

Stephanactis HERTWIG, Voy. Challenger, Zool. Vol. VI, p. 87, 1882. Type was
S. tuberculata, pi. iii, figs. 7-7a, (non Verrill, 1869).

? Hormathia Gosse, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. III., p. 47, 1859.
? HADDQN, op. cit., 1889, p. 309 (in part?).

Chitonactininse with the greater pert of the column-wall thin, flexible,
smooth or nearly so below the thickened parapet, with or without an imperfect
epidermal coating, and with few small and usually obscure cinclidse; and
bearing toward the top, in typical species, a transverse row of verrucae on the
parapet, defining the capitulum, which is more flexible and covered with folds
or small ridges running to the .bases of the tentacles. Tentacles are numerous,
swollen at the aboral base, and with the capitulum, they can be entirely retracted.
Sphincter muscle mesoglceal and rather large. Usually 12 or more pairs of
mesenteries may be perfect near the oral disk; lower down 12 pairs may be
perfect; near the base of the stomodaeum only 6 pairs are perfect; all mesen-
teries may bear gonads, except perhaps the six primary pairs. Acontia few.
The base may be either amplexicaul or flat. The typical species seems to differ
from Hormathia mainly in having lobed tentacles and the capitulum covered
with ridges, and not having so notable a row of submarginal tubercles or verrucse.
The amplexicaul habit is not a generic character.

Stephanauge nexilis Verrill.

Actinauge nexilis VERRILL, op. cit., 1883, p. 55, pi. VI, figs, 4, 5; op. cit., 1885,
pp. 511, 534, pi. VII, figs. 22, 22a.

Stephanauge abyssicola VERRILL, Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. VII, pp. 145, 217, note,
fig. 31, 1899; (non MOSELEY sp.).

Plate XXII; Figs. 5, 6. Plate XXVIII; Figs. 1-4. Plate XXX; Fig. 3.

The column wall is rather thin, but strong, and it is nearly smooth, except
for wrinkles, with no notable verrucse; folds of the capitulum are notable. The
sphincter muscle is mesoglceal and somewhat thick. Tentacles are moderately
stout, numerous, about 96 to 108 in the larger specimens, arranged in four or
five hexamerous cycles. Their bases are somewhat swollen, opposite the
capitular folds. In a transverse section, near the disk, the mesenteries of many
pairs join the stomodseun and disk; between most of these pairs there is a smaller
pair of the fourth or fifth cycle, mostly bearing gonads and not attached to the
stomodaeum. Lower down only about 12 pairs are perfect, and near the lower
end of the stomodaeum there are only 6 perfect pairs. Many of these, especially
those of the second and third cycles, bear gonads (Plate XXX; Fig. 3.)

Acontia are apparently few; solitary ones are occasionally seen emitted
from the small scattered cinclidae, which are seldom noticeable when not in use.

9343— 71

100 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-

Jmti

One specimen (PI. XXII, fig. 7) had several very distinct cinclidae, and some
outer integument. It may be a very distinct species. No sections of it were
made.

This species is very closely related to Actinauge, to which I formerly referred
it. The only notable distinctions seem to be the lack of tubercles below the
parapet and the thinness of the walls with a corresponding decrease in the thick-
ness of the sphincter muscle. The character of the capitular ridges, the swollen
bases of the tentacles, and the arrangement of the mesenteries are nearly the
same if specimens of equal age be compared.

It has been suggested that it might be related to Korenia margaritce of
Danielssen, 1887, but that appears to be quite different, although it has the
same amplexicaul habit, as do many other unrelated species. Korenia has a
nearly smooth column with a few perforated papillae, probably raised cinclidae,
and with some similar papillae on the disk. The margin is crenulated and there
are no capitular folds. Its tentacles seem not to be retractile. It has 12 pairs
of perfect mesenteries. It probably belongs to the same subfamily.

It may be nearer Actinia abyssicola Moseley.

Our species has been taken on the fishing Banks off Nova Scotia many
times by the Gloucester, Mass., fishermen. It was dredged by the " Blake"
and by the " Albatross" at several stations in 168 to 245 fathoms, nearly always
attached to bare portions of the axis of living Balticina, sometimes singly, but
more often in clusters of three or more, united together by sutures and so large
and heavy that the Balticina bends over. The Challenger specimens of S.
abyssicola had the same habit and were from the same region.

Hertwig included two species in his genus Stephanactis, viz.: first, S. tuber-
culata H.; and second, S. abyssicola Moseley, sp. He very fully described the
former externally and internally, but owing to the state of the two specimens
of the second he did not give much new information, but found that it agreed
in most structural characters with the former. But he noted the relative
smoothness of the capitulum and the presence of a few cinclidae.

His S. tuberculata had strong capitular ridges or folds, some of them lobate,
and a verrucose parapet; the tentacles had swollen bases, and he found a few
papilliform cinclidae. It is, therefore, very like my S. nexilis in appearance
and structure.

The generic name, Stephanactis1 was, however, used by me many years
previously for a very different genus. Therefore, I proposed in 1899 to use
Stephanauge for the generic name, but I erred in thinking that S. abyssicola
was the same as nexilis, and figured the latter under the name, S. abyssicola.
The real abyssicola may be generically distinct, if the character of the parapet
and capitulum are to be considered important in this group.

Stephanauge tuberculata (Hert. sp., op. cit., p. 87, pi. Ill, figs. 7-7b) was
taken in 345 fathoms, Lat, 35° 11' N.; Long. 139° 28' East; attached to dead
parts of the axis of a Virgularia.

Raphactis Verrill.

Raphactis VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, Vol. VII, p. 144, 1899. Type,
R nitida VERRILL.

Stephanactis (pars) HERTWIG, op. cit., 1882, (non Verrill, 1869).

My genus Raphactis (op. cit., 1899, p. 144) is much like Stephanauge exter-
nally and internally, except that no acontia were found, so that it was formerly

1 Stephanactis Verrill, (Proc. Essex Inst., Vol. VI, p. 89 (38), 1869), was the name given to S. indica
Ver., of the family Discostomidse. It was from Caspar Strait. The type has 12 very muscular perfect
mesenteries. The sphincter muscle is endodermal, circumscribed, large, oval in section; column is without
verrucse or suckers noticeable in alcoholic specimens; cortex is strongly wrinkled in both directions.

Actinaria G 10]

referred to Paractidse. Probably its acontia had been lost by strong contraction.
In that case it would belong to this subfamily and would come near Hormathia,
on account of its smooth capitulum and scapus, but it differs from that genus,
as at present understood, in lacking a circular row of coronal verruca? on the
parapet.

In these characters it is like the Actinia abyssicola Moseley, referred to
Stephanactis by Hertwig. Both he and Moseley described the parapet as thick-
ened but not verrucose. Hertwig found a few cinclidse, but no acontia.

Raphactis abyssicola (Moseley) Verrill.

Actinia abyssicola MOSELEY, Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, Vol. 1, p. 297, PL 45,
fig. 5, 1877. Andres, op. cit., p. 364.

Stephanactis abyssicola HERTWIG, op. cit., 1882.

Plate XXII; Fig. 7(?)

According to Moseley, in life its colour on the column was reddish yellow,
paler on the parapet; capitulum rose-red, with darker radial lines; disk rose-
red, tentacles paler red. Height was 5' mm.; greatest breadth, 35 mm. It
was taken in lat. 40° 17' N., south of Nova Soctia, in 1,350 fathoms, in 1873.

It probably should be called Raphactis abyssicola, for it agrees well with
the type of that genus, in most respects. Perhaps my fig. 7, of pi. XXII, is
the same species, from near the same region.

Synanthus mirabilis Verrill.

Synanthus mirabilis VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, Vol. XVIII, p. 474, 1879;
vol. VII, p. 211, fig. 23, 1899 (pars); Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. xi, p. 48
1883. (Probably not fig. 9, pi. VI).

x2

Fig. 15. Synanthus mirabilis Verrill. Two individuals surrounding and girdling a branch of
Paragorgia (c, d,), and united by a suture above and below (a, b,); x about !£.

This small species has not yet been obtained in a sufficiently good state
of preservation for complete anatomical studies by sections; it has about
pairs of mesenteries; only six pairs are perfect; sphincter muscle mesoglceal,
thick.

It has the amplexicaul habit, common to many other deep sea species.
This particular species seems to prefer to attach itself to the smaller branches
of Paragorgia arborea. It then spreads its base around the branch, the two
opposite lobes meeting and uniting by a suture, thus girdling the branch an<
sometimes causing a deep constriction, at which the branch may easily break
off. Frequently two or more unite together, to form the girdle, as in the ngure.

102 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

The column and basal expanse are smooth, with no epidermal coating;
tentacles are numerous, about 96, small and not very slender. Acontia were
not observed, but its general habit and internal structure are so much like some
of the Sagartiadse that it probably belongs to that family. It is possibly related
to Raphactis nitida Verrill or to R. abyssicola (Moseley).

This has been found chiefly on large specimens of Paragorgia from the
Bank fisheries, Such specimens are generally dried, and so the Actinian is
spoiled. Specimens on the stalks of dead gorgonians in alcohol, formerly
described and figured by me as this species (op. cit., 1883, p. 48, pi. VI, fig. 9)
may be a distinct species. Its internal structure was not studied.

Chondractinia Liitken.

Chondractinia LUTKEN, Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjobenhavn,
p. 184, 1860. (Type C. digitata MULL.). HADDON, op. cit. p. 305, 1889.
McMuRRiCH, op. cit. p. 187, 1893.

Actinauge (pars) VERRILL, op. cit., 1883.

Column stout, firm, bearing on the greater part large, permanent, thick
verrucse or tubercles in more or less, evident longitudinal rows, and usually
more or less covered with an imperfect epidermal coating. Cinclidse indistinct;
submarginal zone softer, flexible, not bearing crests or ribs. Sphincter muscle
large, thick, mesoglceal; mesoglcea unusually thick and firm. Six primary
pairs of mesenteries strong, sterile. Two large siphonoglyphs. Tentacles
stout, without basal lobes.

Chondractinia tuberculosa (Verrill).

Actinauge nodosa var. tuberculosa VERRILL, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoology, vol.
XI, p. 53, pi. VI, fig. 7, 1883; Annual Report of Comm. of Fish and Fisheries
for 1883, p. 612, pi. V, fig. 20a, 1885.

Chondractinia tuberculosa McMuRRiCH, op. cit., 1893, p. 187. WHITEAVES, op.
cit., p. 38, 1901.

Plate XIX; Fig. 5.

The body in this species is covered with remarkably large (5 to 10 mm.
broad), prominent, often hemispherical, firm tubercles, arranged irregularly
and not very numerous. The integument is very thick and firm, except on the
pink or red capitulum, below the tentacles, where it is softer, slightly longitudi-
nally ridged, or nearly smooth, and probably capable of secreting a phosphores-
cent mucous, as in A. verrillii.

The lower tubercular part is usually covered with an adherent dirty brown
or mud-coloured epidermal secretion. When this coating is removed the colour
is usually light brown, flesh-colour, or pale red; the tubercles whitish.

The tentacles are numerous, dull red or reddish brown, rather long, usually
not bulbous at the base nor much tapered. The sphincter muscle is large and
thick.

The mesenteries are regularly hexamerous in the specimens dissected, and
very unequal. Six pairs are wide and perfect, and some may bear small gonads
near the base. Their longitudinal muscles are not very strongly developed,
being scarcely thicker than the plicated transverse ones. Those of the second
cycle are nearly as wide as the primaries in the lateral systems. All are muscular
and bear large gonads, Much narrower mesenteries of the third and fourth
cycles occur in all the systems and bear gonads.

Actinaria G 103

The stomodseum is large and long. It has five deep lateral sulci, and
four large intervening wrinkled lobes on each side. Siphonoglyphs are large
and deep. No cinclidae were found.

The description above was made mostly from a medium sized specimen
from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in 112 fathoms (Coll. J. F. Whiteaves). It
grows to much larger sizes. Some specimens are about 100 mm. (4 inches)
high and 45 to 50 mm. in diameter. In contraction, tubercles are often 5 to 8
mm. in diameter, or more. None of the specimens taken alive would expand.

It is only known from rather deep water. Many specimens have been
taken on the fishing Banks off Newfoundland and Nova Scotia by the Glou-
cester, Mass., fishermen and presented to the U.S. Fish Commission in 1878 to
1881.

The Gloucester, Mass., fishermen brought it in from a number of localities
on all the fishing banks, from Georges to the Grand bank, in 30 to 300 fathoms.
It is particularly common on the stony bottoms of Le Have bank, Western
bank, and Banquereau, off Nova Scotia. It was also dredged by the U.S.
Fish Commission off Nova Scotia and in the Gulf of Maine.

I formerly (1883) classed this as a doubtful variety of A. nodosa, but it
appears to be a distinct species. According to the classification of Haddon
(op. cit., 1889) it belongs to Chondr actinia, for it lacks the ribbed or crested
capitulum and the tentacular lobes found in Actinauge. It seems to be rather
closely related to C. nodosa of Greenland, as determined by Haddon; but its
verrucse are larger, fewer, and not in such regular rows. Danielssen's Actinauge
nodosa, as figured by him, is much more like this species, and belongs to the same
genus, for Danielssen states that the capitulum is smooth, without ribs. Very
likely it may be the same species.

The original description of Actinia nodosa, from deep water off Greenland,
was very brief and imperfect. It would apply equally well to any of these large
verrucose species. Probably several species occur there, as on our fishing Banks,
and very likely he considered them all the same species. As Haddon's specimen
came from Greenland, it may be the correct one.

Family URTICINID^E. New Name.

Bunodidce GOSSE, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 1, p. 417, 1858; Actin.

Brit., p. 183, 1860. VERRILL, Revision Polyps, p. 15, 1864.
Tealiadce R. HERTWIG, op. cit., 1882.

Bunodactidce VERRILL, op. cit., 1899. %

Cribrinidce McMuRRicn, op. cit., 1902, p. 590.

Actinians with a large, circumscribed, endodermal sphincter muscle; num-
erous (12 or more pairs) of perfect mesenteries, mostly fertile, often sterile, some-
times in part. No acontia. Tentacles retractile. Column usually has adhesive
suckers or verrucae. Many species are viviparous.

Urticina (Ehrenberg, restricted, 1869).

Urticina EHRENBERG, Coral. Roth. Meeres, p. 33 (as sub-gemus), 1834. Type;

U. crassicornis.
Rhodactinia L. AGASSIZ, Revue Zoolog. Soc. Cuvier, p. 394, 1847. VERRILL,

Revision Polyps E. Coast U.S., p. 18, 1864. CARLGREN, Olga Exped.

Actin., p. 79, 1902. CLUBB, Antarctic Exped., Vol. IV, p. 9, 1908.
Tealia GOSSE, op. cit., p. 417, 1858; Actinologia Brit., p. 205, 1860. Also of

many other later authors.

104 G| Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Urticina (emended, type assigned) VEKRILL, Trans. Conn. Acad. Science, vol.
I, p. 469, 1869; Comm. Essex Inst., Vol. VI, p. 62 (28), 1869.

Actinians, often of large size, with numerous large retractile tentacles,
usually perforate at tip. Column furnished with longitudinal rows of small
retractile suckers capable of attaching foreign objects, but usually small and
inconspicuous when contracted or not in use, or they may appear nearly obsolete.
A feeble parapet.

Sphincter muscle very large, endodermal, circumscribed or cordiform.
Perfect and imperfect mesenteries numerous; nearly all of the perfect ones,
except the directives, may bear gonads, as well as many of those that are imper-
fect; those of the first and second cycles often sterile. The type species may be
hexamerous, octamerous, or decamerous, most frequently decamerous. Neither
acontia nor cinclidse. Circular muscles of the tentacles may be partly ecto-
dermal and extend into the mesoglcea or they may be entirely mesoglceal.
Type species is viviparous.

Urticina crassicornis, (Mull.) Ehr.

Actinia spectabilis ? O. FABEICIUS, Fauna Gronlandica, p. 351, 1780.
Rhodactinia davisii'Ao., op. cit., 1847. VERKILL, Mem. Boston, Soc. X. Hist.,

Vol. I, p. 18, pi. 1, fig. 9 (descriptions, variations in colours, etc.), 1864;

Amer. Naturalist, Vol. II, p. 259 (habits).
Tealia crassicornis (MiiLLER, 1776). GOSSE, Actinologia Brit., p. 209, pi. IV,

fig. 1, (coloured). ANDRES, op. cit., p. 199, fig. 24, 1884. PARKER, Amer.

Nat., XXXIV, p. 752, fig. 9, 1900. HARGITT, Anthozoa Woods Hole

Region, p. 244, figs. 3, 4 (sections), 1914.
Urticina crassicornis E!IRENBERG, 1834, p. 33. VERRILL, Trans. Conn.

Acad. Science, Vol. I, p. 469, 1869; Comm. Essex Inst., Vol. VI, p. 62,

1867; Howgate Polar Exped., p. 152; also of many later articles; Amer.

Journ. Science, Vol. VII, p. 216, 217, fig. 32 (hexamerous), 1899.
Rhodactinia crassicornis (pars) CARLGREN, Olga Exped., Actin., p. 39, 1909.

CLUBB, (pars) Nat. Antarctic Exped., vol. IV, p. 9, pi. iii, fig. 22 (photo-
graph of English specimen), 1902.
Urticina felina McMuRRicn, Trans. Royal Soc. of Canada, vol. IV, section 4,

pi. 1 (general fig. coloured); pi. ii, figs. 2-4, (sections); pi. iii, fig. 5, (section),

1910, (not A. felina of Linnaeus).

Plate XIX; Fig. 4. Plate XX; Fig. 13. Both from life. Plate XXVI;
Fig. 7. Plate XXXI; Fig. 5.

This when well grown is a very large, stout, and bright coloured species,
with a great number of large, thick tentacles, usually banded with red and
white. In large specimens there may be 150 or more.

The exterior of the column usually has many longitudinal rows of rather
distant, very small, imperforate suckers, which are capable of attaching foreign
objects, though more frequently, when in still or deep waters, none are carried.
These suckers are seldom conspicuous and when not in use are often so retracted
as to be hardly noticeable, especially in specimens from rather deep water, thus
contrasting with the species of Tealiopsis, in which they are conspicuous and
persistent. The column wall is very soft, flexible, and changeable in form.

The tentacles can be entirely retracted and the capitulum and column
margin rolled inward over the disk. The form, therefore, is very variable in
specimens more or less contracted. In full expansion the height usually exceeds
the diameter of the body, which may be cylindric, or swollen in the middle, or
distally, etc*

Actinaria G 105

The colours, also, are very variable. The body-wall is usually more or less
red, varying from pale red or pink to bright red, crimson, and dark red, often
streaked or blotched with lighter and darker red, or in the case of littoral speci-
mens, with blotches of dull olive green or dark red on a brownish red ground-
colour. McMurrich (op. cit., 1910, PL 1) has well figured this littoral colour-
variety. More rarely the body-wall is flesh-colour or pale pink, or even yellowish-
white. The disk is nearly always lighter-coloured, and marked by conspicuous
double lines of bright red or crimson radiating from the mouth to the bases of
the tentacles, which they enclose, as in fig. 13 of Plate XX. These markings
are very characteristic of the species and are seldom lacking. The tentacles
are nearly always annulated with bands of red and white, or they are red with
one or two bands of white.

The specimen figured on PL XX, fig. 13, from life, had the body bright
cherry-red, blotched with paler red, and with pale red suckers; disk flesh-
colour with crimson radiating lines and deep red lips; tentacles bright red
with a median band of white and a white or pink tip, and a V-shaped lavender
or pale lilac-coloured mark near the inner base, running down to the base as
a narrow line.

The specimen figured on PL XIX, fig. 4, from life, was flesh-colour, streaked
with a very light red, and the tentacles were very pale red, with a subterminal
band of white, but the red radial lines of the disk were distinct. This example
was over 6 inches (150 mm.) across the expanded tentacles.

The sphincter muscle is very large, roundish, and cord-like, or well circum-
scribed, often appearing oval, reniform, or subcordate in a cross section, (PL
XXVI, fig. 7) with the radiating lines of muscle fibres very numerous, fine,
and dichotomously branched. The proximal ones are arranged pinnately;
the distal ones in a palmate manner.

The mesenteries of the first three cycles may all be perfect and many of
them may be fertile, though those of the first two cycles are often sterile. The
perfect mesenteries have a longitudinal muscle, on the inner half, with branching
supports, but becoming very thin on the outer half. The mesenteries of the
fourth and fifth cycles are imperfect and mostly fertile. Prof. McMurrich
(op. cit., 1910, pp.. 65, 66, PL ii and iii), has well described and figured the
sphincter muscle and mesenteries. Hargitt (op. cit., 1914, figs. 3, 4) has also
figured them.

The form of the sphincter muscle, as seen in cross sections, varies a great deal,
largely due to the various states of contraction and modes of preservation,»but
also according to the age.

The arrangement of the mesenteries, which are very numerous in large
examples, as well as of the tentacles, is most often strictly decamerous, but
hexamerous and octamerous specimens are not uncommon. Two well developed
siphongylphs and two pairs of directive mesenteries are usually well developed.
Numerous pairs of perfect mesenteries of about three cycles are present and
like most of the imperfect ones may bear gonads, except the directives. Large
specimens may have five cycles, the fifth cycle often incomplete.

Eggs are retained in the body-cavity until they develop into well formed
red young, with two or more cycles of tentacles.

This species is circumpolar, extending down on the Eastern American coast to
Nantucket Shoals, Block Island and Watch Hill, R.L, and Fishers Island sound.
It has been found off Alaska and British Columbia on the west coast, and
perhaps in Puget sound. On the European side it reaches England and perhaps
the Mediterranean as U. coriacea.1 It was taken in Bering strait and the
adjacent Arctic Ocean in considerable numbers by the North Pacific Exploring
Expedition (1852-56), as recorded by me in 1867.

1 According to Carlgren (1902) , this form is a distinct species. More verrucose, etc.

106 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

John Murdoch, 1885, p. 162, reported from the region of Point Barrow,
Urticina crassicornis and Phellia arctica Ver. (?), now Pseudophellia arctica
Verrill. The former was described as orange red splashed in stripes with
crimson. It was washed ashore in a gale in 1882, and was said to be plenty
on the fishing grounds in 10 to 15 fathoms. A few were dredged off Point
Franklin in 13J fathoms. It is mainly a rather shallow water species. The
greatest depth in which it was taken off the Atlantic coast, by the U. S. Fish
Commission steamer "Albatross" was 141 fathoms. Not common below 50
fathoms. It is abundant between tides and in shallow water and often of
large size on the shores of the Bay of Fundy in the cracks and crevices of ledges
and also fully exposed. It is also common there in 10 to 20 fathoms. The
specimens from off Watch Hill, R. I., and Fishers Island sound were taken in
shallow water in 1873 and 1874, by me. The type of R. davisii was from
Nantucket shoals, south of Cape Cod.

Some, at least, of the specimens from Puget sound, referred to this species
by McMurrich (1901), seem to me to belong to a distinct species, having a
firmer texture, more numerous and more prominent verrucse; a bright red
body; tentacles usually not annulated; and the disk often without red radial
lines. See below under U. columbiana.

U. crassicornis, the type, is, however, the only species clearly determined,
up to this time, as belonging to this genus, unless U. coriacea (Cuv.) is distinct,
as claimed by many writers. A closely related species, described as the same,
occurs in the Antarctic waters.

Brandt (Prodromus Descr. Anim. a Mertensio, p. 13, 1835) described in
few words, from drawings made by Mertens, his specimens having been lost,1
two species, one or both of which were perhaps colour varieties of this species.
Both were from Alaska.

His A. laurentii had the body red, blotched irregularly with green and
brown; tentacles vermillion; Bering straits. This was pretty certainly U.
crassicornis, littoral form.

The colours described are essentially like those of some specimens taken at
low tide at Easport, Maine, by me many years ago. (See Revision Polyps
E. Coast, 1864, pp. 18, 19). But clear red tentacles seldom -occur on specimens
on our coast. No good notes on the living actinians of Alaska have been pub-
lished in later years. McMurrich (op. cit., 1901, p. 31) refers to a coloured
drawing by Alexander Agassiz, of a specimen referred to this species, which
was ^coloured like the littoral form. He stated that the column was grass green,
irregularly blotched with deep red; tentacles pinkish, with a dark red band a
short distance above the base. No suckers were represented. Locality of the
specimen was not given. Mr. Agassiz collected mostly in the Gulf of Georgia,
while employed on the U.S. Coast Survey, about 1860.

Actinia elegantissima Brandt was described as having the body pustulous,
greenish red or spotted with red or purple; tentacles of moderate size, dilated,
white in the middle, purple at the end.

McMurrich has referred this to his Cribrina elegantissma, which he had
from Puget Sound (op. cit., 1901, p. 18, PL i, fig. 7; PL ii, figs. 8-14), which is
a Tealiopsis or former Bunodes. He may be correct, but the latter has not
been obtained from Alaska in recent years, so far as I know, while Evactis
artemisia, which is also a green verrucose species, is common there. Brandt's
species may possibly have been the latter, but may have been the littoral colour
variety of U. crassicornis, in which the colour is greenish mottled with red or
brown. This form could hardly be called pustulous, though it often has rows
of small papilliform suckers.

Prof. Louis Agassiz told me, many years ago, that Merten's collections were lost in a shipwreck.

Actinaria G 107

Prof. McMurrich, op. cit., 1910, has erred, I believe, in adopting the specific
name felina, as from Linnaeus, for this species. It certainly is not his species, if
his five-word description (1767) be taken into account.

It has no "glande muricata;" nor are the words "striata laevis" applicable
to this species. His reference to Easter's figures should not be taken very
seriously for he was often very loose in his references to the figures of earlier
writers in various groups of animals, and at that time very few recognizable
figures of actiniae existed. Linnaeus himself had only the slightest and most
superficial knowledge of actinians and applied to the few that he did mention
obscene or indecent names. Many writers, for the past hundred years, have
rejected the names he gave to his Actiniae on account of their indecency, in
addition to the impossibility of deciding just what he did try to describe.

European writers have not agreed as to what species Linnaeus had in view.
Although some have identified his A. felina with the present species, others have
referred it to M. dianthus (e.g. Bruguiere, 1789). The name and description
by Linnaeus apply far better to a gephyrean worm, with a muricate proboscis
(armed with hooks) than to any actinian. His names should be forgotten.
He, himself, rejected his earlier generic name, Priapus, (1761) apparently on
account of its too conspicuous indecency.1

Urticina columbiana. New species.

Urticina crassicornis (pars) McMurrich, op. cit., 1901, pp. 28-34, pi. 1, fig. 6.
Plate XXIX; Figs. 1, 2. From life.

This large red species, often over four inches in diameter and height, occurs
in Puget sound and in Port Townsend bay, etc. It has large and long tentacles.
It appears to be closely allied to the preceding species, but is, I believe, specifically
distinct. I have three good coloured drawings of it, made from living Port
Townsend specimens by Mr. J. G. Swan. Although I have formerly seen
large alcoholic specimens of it, and also drawings, I have made no recent dis-
sections.2

The body-wall in the type figured is clear bright orange-red, and the very
numerous conspicuous, raised, verruciform suckers are light yellow,
form many regular vertical rows and are much more notable, larger, and more
persistent than those of U. crassicornis. The texture of the wall is rather
thicker and firmer,, and in partial contraction it usually forms many strong
concentric wrinkles or "ruffles," on which the suckers, standing in rows, ' look
like bead-work."

The tentacles are long, thick, tapered, often subacute, and the larger ones
are often more than one and a half inches (30 to 38 mm.) long. They are trans-
lucent, pale flesh-colour, or yellowish, without bands, but the 12 inner ones are
red at the inner base. In the drawing there are about 72, but the number may
be up to 200 or more. The disk has a broad bright red band near the tentacles,
with small rays running from it part way to the mouth; oral region light yellow;
lips pink.

It lacks the pairs of radiating red or purplish lines usually conspicuous
U. crassicornis, and the type lacks bands on the tentacles. The base is deep

"Blinder that genus (ed. X) he included both gephyrean worms and actinians. Personally IJje^e
that his original P. felina was a muricate or armed gephyrean, to which his otherwise obscure de
would apply, as well as its resemblance to a cat's penis, indicated by the name P. felina. No other explana-
tion can account for the use of such a name, nor for his use of ' glande muncata.

2 In 1861, just before the Civil War, I prepared a report on the Anthozoa collected by tn
the Northwest Boundary Survey. Several specimens of this large species were in the col n. 1 ney
were dredged in Puget Sound. During the war that report and the illustrations and coll
like many other things in Washington.

108 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

red beneath. The type, as figured from life, was 6 inches (150 mm.) across the
tentacles in expansion; diameter of body, when contracted, about 4 inches (100
mm.)

The largest specimens that I have seen, considerably larger than the one
described, came from the collections of the U.S. Northwest Boundary Survey.
They were dredged in Puget Sound. The type described and figured was from
Port Townsend bay, in 30 fathoms.

Professor McMurrich (op. cit., 1901, pp. 28-34, PI. 1, fig. 6) has described
similar specimens, in alcohol, from Puget sound, and he referred them to U.
crassicornis, finding them, as to anatomical characters, like the latter. But I
think he did not fully appreciate their different appearance in life. It often
has happened that no apparent differences in internal anatomy can be found for
distinguishing species that are perfectly distinct, in various other classes of
animals, as well as among actinians, (e.g. species of Sagartia among Aetinaria).
Therefore most of his specimens, if not all, may have been of this species, especi-
ally the variety that was found living buried in sand. But it is possible that the
true U. crassicornis may also occur in Puget sound, as well as in Alaskan waters.

McMurrich stated that some of his specimens had bands on the tentacles.
The column of his arenicolous variety was bright red, "like a tomato- baked
in bread crumbs," and had sand attached to the suckers. Prof. McMurrich
examined my drawings, now described (see his note, op. cit., p. 31) and noted
the colours, etc. and stated that they represented a specimen "evidently the
same as the arenicolous variety" described by him.

The exposed specimens that he described were either uniform red or orange-
brown. He found much variation in the number and size of the suckers, owing
to different states of contraction, but in nearly all the cases described they
were evidently more numerous and more notable than in our Atlantic U. crassi-
cornis.

He found considerable variations in the form and structure of the sphincter
muscle. His specimens were decamerous with irregularities in the fifth and
sixth cycles. He found from 81 to 104 pairs of mesenteries.

The notable variations in the form of the sphincter muscle, partly due to
variable contraction, are such as to preclude the use of this feature as a reliable
means for distinguishing allied species in this group. Among the Puget sound
specimens McMurrich found the lamellae of the sphincter usually arranged in a
palmate manner, but in one case in a pinnate form (see his fig. 6, PI.' I). In
this the form of the section was obovate, being one-third longer than broad. In
east coast crassicornis it is often broader than long.

He found the longitudinal muscles of the tentacles entirely mesoglceal,
and the mesenteries of the first and second cycles were sterile in the specimens
examined.

Having studied many hundreds of living specimens of U. crassicornis,
coming from numerous localities and various depths, I have never seen any
from the Atlantic coast, having a similar colour pattern, or the same abundance
and prominence of the papilliform suckers. Therefore I believe it should be
considered a distinct species, even if the sphincter muscle and mesenteries are
much alike. It is obvious that the form and size of those muscles must vary
greatly according to the amount of contraction. They have also been found to
vary even in different examples of a species from the same locality and preserved
in the same way.

With our present knowledge, it appears that some of the internal organs
are about as variable as the external colour, etc. At any rate it is unsafe to
rely entirely on sections of alcoholic specimens, variously contracted, for the
separation of allied species of a genus, or for uniting them. Living specimens
must be consulted, as well as internal structure, to determine the real status of
actinians.

Actinaria G 109

U. crassicornis, under the name of Rhodactinia crassicornis, has been recorded
from the Antarctic by J. A. Clubb (National Antarctic Exped., Nat History
Vol. IV, Coalenterata, p. 9, 1908).

As in other cases, the external characters of the living specimens are
not known. Therefore I consider the identification as extremely doubtful.
U. crassicornis, so far as known, is not a deep sea species, and on our coast it
has not been found much south of Long Island, -in the extensive series of dred-
gings made all along the U.S. coast and in the West Indies by the -"Blake,"
"Alabatross," and various other vessels.

Therefore, I would propose to call the Antarctic species Urticina antarctica.
As for the genus Rhodactinia, it is a plain synonym of Tealia Gosse. But the
latter is a synonym of Urticina Ehr., 1834.

Rhodactinia had no definite status in nomenclature until I personally
described it in 1864. Agassiz merely used the name without any description.
and without reference to any described species. He spoke of it merely as a
large red actinian. There are several other large red actinians from the same
vicinity. I personally knew it only from having seen the original specimen.
It was not a large one. It was certainly U. crassicornis, as now known.

I definitely restricted Urticina Ehr. to this type in 1864, and named A.
crassicornis1 (Mull.) as the type species. It was the first of the species referred
to that group by Ehrenberg, and it also agrees with his diagnostic description.
He did not quote Rapp's figure to illustrate it, but said that Rapp had confused
two species.

Various species formerly referred to Urticina by me and others, when theii
internal structure was unknown, have since been found to belong to other
genera. Of the East American species some belong to Actinauge, viz.: nodosa =
rugosa Ver. and A. longcornis; nexilis to Stephanauge. See above.

My U. perdix, a very large, handsome, variegated, deep water species, is a
Paractis, subgenus Archactis Verrill, 1899.

U. consors Verrill (1882), which is a large handsome, light red, or flesh-
coloured, deep-sea species, living as a commensal on the back of a hermit-crab,
is a Sagartia (S. consors). It has acontia and scattered cinclidse; its mesenteries
are regularly hexamerous in four cycles; six pairs are perfect and sterile. See
figure in Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, Vol. XI, p. 49, PL VIII, fig. 4, 1885.

The sphincter muscle is mesogloeal, strong, and divided into two portions;
the upper is elliptical or fusiform in section. Mesenterial muscles are thin;
two pairs of directives are attached to downward extensions or siphonoglyphs
at the base of the stomodseum. Mesoglcea is firm; ectoderm is thin, soft, and
easily destroyed in preserved specimens. Cinclidae are mostly above the middle
and hard to see.

U. callosa Verrill is a large, firm, sub-coriaceous, red or orange-coloured,
somewhat verrucose species, from deep water, with very many short tentacles.
It was made the type of the new genus, Actinostola Ver., in 1882, in the family
Paractidce. According to McMurrich, who examined the type, the genus Dysactis
of Hertwig, 1882, is identical with Actinostola (op. cit., 1901, p. 209). The
name Dysactis was used by me in 1864, for a very different genus. Therefore
Actinostola must be used.

has referred Ehrenberg's species to A. equina Linn., but that opinion seems to me unsound.
Ehrenberg quoted A. crassicornis Gmelin and Lamarck, with doubt, as synonyms, and he described
equina (as mesembryanthemum') on another page (p. 36) from personal observation. His crassicornis was,
perhaps, U. coriacea (Cuv.). He gives its size as half a foot, tentacles short and thick. MoMurnch has
suggested papillosa Ehr. as the type (=crassicornis). This, he thinks, might avoid any doubt.

110 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Tealiopsis Danielssen.

Tealiopsis DANIELSSEN, op. cit., pp. 45-47, 1890. Type, T. polaris Dan.
Bunodes GOSSE, Trans. Linn. Soc., XXI, p. 274, 1855, (not of DANIELSSEN, 1890,

nor of HERTWIG); name is preoccupied by Bunodes EICHWALD, 1853, for

a fossil.]

Bunodactis and Bunodella VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, vol. VII, pp. 42, 43,

Jan., 1899.
Cribrina McMuRRicn, op. cit., 1893; and 1901, p. 17, (not of EHRENBERG, 1834,

nor of HADDON, 1890).

Column wall is muscular and flexible, furnished with longitudinal rows of
true, permanent, verruciform suckers, to which foreign bodies may adhere;
the rows may not reach the bane, distal ones are usually largest; tentacles hint*',
numerous, retractile, commonly with a terminal pore. Walls generally, if not
always, imperforate. No acontia. Sphincter muscle large, circumscribed or
cordiform, endodermal. Perfect mesenteries usually in 12 to 48 pairs, often
variable in the same species.

Siphonoglyphs usually two, sometimes one or three or more, with cor-
responding pairs of directive mesenteries.1

All or most of the perfect mesenteries, except the directives, may bear
gonads; also most of the imperfect ones.

The following species and others are*viviparous. The genus Tealiopsis
Dan.2 is apparently equivalent to the typical Bunodes of Gosse and later
writers, and to Bunodactis Verrill. As Bunodes is clearly preoccupied, it must
be dropped. Tealiopsis is the next in order of priority and should be used.
The type (T. polaris Dan.). is well described and illustrated. It is regularly
verrucose and has 18 perfect mesenteries (See his PL 1, figs. 7, 8; PL VIII,
figs. 2, 3). It resembles T. stella^ but is more strongly verrucose, the lines of
verrucse reaching the base. Danielssen states that the walls are imperforate
and acontia are lacking, and that the musculature of the column wall is endo-
dermal.

Tealiopsis will receive numerous species. Among those that seem to belong
here are T. verrucosa (Penn.); T.balli (Cocks); T.thallia Gosse; T. rigidus (And.);
T. sabelloides (And.); (all of Europe); T. inornata Ver., Hong Kong; T,japonica
Ver.; T. pluvia (Dray ton in Dana); T. stelloides, West Indies; T. manni Ver.,
Hawaiian Is.; T. elegantissima (McMurrich, as Cribrina), Puget Sound; T.
bunodiformis (Hertwig.); T. octoradiata (Carlgren) and T. hermaphroditica
(Carlgren) as Bunodes, Antarctic. See also Clubb, op. cit., 1908, PL III, for figures.

Prof. McMurrich (op. cit., 1901, 1902) has used the name Cribrina (ex
Ehrenberg, 1834) for this genus. I explained as early as 1864, that Cribrina
Ehr. is essentially a synonym of Cereus Oken, 1915. The more typical species
were the same in each. Ehrenberg did not fully describe his genus, but gave a
Latin diagnosis3 and applied to it the vernacular name, " Sieb-anemone" (Sieve-
anemone), which is merely a translation of Cribrina, clearly referring to the

1 See Dixon, G. Y. and A. F. on the variations found in Bunodes thaliia and B. verrucosa. Proc. Royal
Dublin Society, N. Ser., vol. VI, pp. 310-326, Plates IV, V, 1889.

2 Carlgren (1902), according to McMurrich (1910, p. 78) has identified Danielssen's type with Stomphia
coccinea=S. carneola Ver. This cannot be correct, for the latter is a perfectly smooth species, with no
yerrucae, and its circular muscles are mesogloeal. It belongs to Paratidse. If Carlgren made an exam-
ination of the supposed type, labels must have been interchanged, Danielssen's figures are good.

His general figure from life shows conspicuous rows of verruciform suckers as large as in T. stella, and
his figures of sections of the wall also show yerrucae. He described the verrucse and described the circular
muscles as endodermal, as also shown in his sections. His type seems closely related to T. stella. See
below and Plate XXX, fig. 1 for our Stomphia carneola.

3 His diagnosis is as follows; "Poris lateralibus instructa (latere respirantia, tentaculis non perforatis)"
op. cit., p. 40.

Actinaria G 111

perforations in the body-wall, now called cinclidse, characteristic of the family
Sagartiadce. He placed in the genus 10 species. At least 7 of these belong to the
Sagartiadce. The three that he had personally studied were C. effoeta and C.
polypus, now in Calliactis; C. palliata, now the type of Adamsia. Others were
plumosa, the type of Metridium Oken; and bellis, the type of Cereus Oken. C.
filiformis (Rapp) is a Sagartian; C. diaphana (Rapp) is an Aiptasia, of the same
family.

The affinities of the three others are different: coriacea ( = crassicornisf)
belongs to Urticina, in which it was included on a previous page (p. 337) by
him. Two other species, verrucosa and glandulosa, have been referred to Bunodes t
but he described both of them as having vertical rows of pores. He evidently
mistook the suckers, as figured, for pores. Of the verrucosa, his first species, he
stated that no good figure existed. It is a typical Bunodes or Tealiopsis without
pores. Yet McMurrich makes it the type of Cribrina, the "sieve-anemones,"
presumably because it was the first in the list of species, thus utterly ignoring
Ehrenberg's diagnosis. But Ehrenberg did not always put his more typical
species first, but rather in the middle of his lists. At any rate it is absurd to
take for the type of a genus a species that is the opposite of what the author
intended and described, and one that evidently had a place erroneously in his
list only because of bad figures.

The only real generic character that he indicated is the perforated wall.
Every species that he included either has perforations or else the figures, then
available, led him to describe them as perforated. However, Cereus of Oken,
1815, was based on the same feature and included some of the same species.
Therefore Cribrina should properly be regarded as its synonym. Were it to
be revived at all, it should displace Adamsia or Calliactis, for those were the
forms that he had personally studied and correctly described. Moreover,
he had already put papillosa and other verrucose species under Urticina on a
previous page, stating that the papilla are imperorate.

He also put crassicornis in Urticina (first species), and that has imper-
forate papilla? or suckers, and may be identical with coriacea, which he placed in
Cribrina, misled by figures, as in the case of verrucosa. Thus, to use one of
these erroneous species as the type of Cribrina, as McMurrich has done, would
make Cribrina a synonym of his Urticina.

Such a result shows the absurdity of entirely shifting the intentions and
meaning of the author as to his genus Cribrina. If used at all it should be used
only for perforate species of the family Sagartiadse.1

The species that Danielssen referred to Bunodes had acontia and verrucose
walls, with an endodermal sphincter muscle. It should be referred to a different
genus and also to a different family. Perhaps it should go in Madoniactidce
(Dan.), if that family is to be kept separate from Sagartiadse. That family has
acontia, an endodermal sphincter muscle, and verrucose or sucker-bearing
walls, according to Danielssen.

The type genus, Madoniactis, he states has six sterile perfect mesenteries.
By extending the family to include genera with 12 or more perfect mesenteries
it might include all the genera having acontia and an endodermal sphincter,
and often verrucose walls, thus resembling typical Bunodes or Tealiopsis exter-
nally, when the cinclidse are not easily to be seen, and still more closely
resembling Actinauge and allied genera. These differ in having the sphincter
mesoglceal.

Hertwig's Bunodes was a Chitonactis, one of the Sagartiadae of the sub-
family Chondractininae, and his family Bunodidse is a synonym of Sagartiadae.

1 See also Haddon, op. cit., 1889, pp. 323, 324, who has independently expressed the same views.

112 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Tealiopsis Stella Verrill.

Bunodes stella VERRILL, l{rvi>i<m Polyps E. Coast U.S., Mem. Boston Soc.,
Nat. Hist., vol. I, p. 16, Plate I, figs. 1-8 (old and young), 1864; Amer.
Naturalist, vol. II, p. 258. PARKER, Synopsis, Amer. Naturalist, Vol.
\\.\1\ ', p. 752, fig. 10 (after VERRILL).

Bunodactis stella Verrill, Amer. Journ. Science, Vol. VII, p. 42, Jan., 1899.
Cribrina stella McMuRRiCH, Trans. Royal Soc. of Canada, IV, sect. 4, p. 76, PI.

Ill, figs. 6, 7, 1910 (sections). WHITEAVES, Catal. Marine Invert. E.

Canada, p. 39, 1901 /after McMurrich).

Bunodes spectabilis VERRILL, Howgate Polar Exped., Bulletin U.S. Xat. Mu-.
No. 15, p. 152 (non Fabricus, 1780).

Plate XX; Figs. 4-12. Plate XXVI; Figs. 1-6. Plate XXXI; Fig. 3.

This species, when well grown, has about 120 rather long and large, smooth
tentacles, in about four or five cycles; ordinary medium sized specimens have
about 72, when about 25mm. in diameter. The body-wall is covered, except
near the base, with many longitudinal rows of prominent, adhesive, verruci-
form suckers, with longitudinal sulcations between the rows (PL XXVI, figs.
6, 6a) . Most of these suckers in preserved specimens are transversely elliptical,
with a central cavity and a raised crenulated margin. They vary in size ami
elevation in adjacent rows, and are often so crowded as to be nearly in contact,
but are separated by wrinkles. The marginal suckers or verrucas are generally
larger than the others and often swollen. While in the sea, fragments of debris or
grains of sand are usually held by the suckers, but in aquaria they are generally
soon discarded.

The colour of the column is generally translucent olive-green, varying to
flesh-colour and to darker green. The disk is usually a lighter shade of the
same colours, and almost -always has six conspicuous radial lines of opaque
white, each line running to one of the inner primary tentacles; the lines running
from the two siphonoglyphs are the widest; the others are sometimes faint or
lacking; similar lines sometimes go to the tentacles of the second cycle. The
tentacles are generally of the same colour as the column, but paler and more
translucent ; they often have a crescent-shaped spot of opaque white on the
adoral side of the base, and a band of the same near the middle, and some-
times another between these, but the latter may be lacking on the two inner
cycles of tentacles. Inside of lips usually light orange.

Large specimens in expansion may be 50 mm. high and about 30-40 mm.
in diameter of body.

This, like many allied species, is viviparous. The young in various stages
of growth are to be found in considerable numbers in the body-cavity, below
the stomodseum, between the mesenteries, and sometimes in the tentacles and
stomodseum. When extruded they vary in size, but most are about 8 — 3 mm. in
diameter and have from 12 to 24 tentacles and then are well formed; some are
larger, up to 3 — 4mm. with as many as 36 tentacles, and when of that size often
have the radial white markings on the disk. (See PI. XX, figs. 8-11.)

The larger specimens from Hudson Bay, 1920, contained eggs and well
developed young, some of which I have figured, and also an egg (fig 8a).

The larger specimens may have five cycles of mesenteries, with more or less
of the sixth cycle. Those of the fourth and fifth cycles are fertile. Two or
more cycles of mesentries are perfect, with rather thin but wide longitudinal
muscles on the inner part. PI. XXXI, fig 3. Muscles of the tentacles are
ectodermal. The sphincter is large, well circumscribed or cordiform, short
ovate or nearly round in section, with the lamellae fine, much branched and
palmately arranged. (See PL XXVI, figs. 1, 2.)

Actinaria G 113

Colonies of this species are sometimes found in large numbers, occupying
the cracks and crevices of ledges covered with alga at low tides, as at Eastport,
Maine, and Grand Manan island. In other places it occurs in sheltered tide
pools, buried to its tentacles in sand, as at Cape Elizabeth, Maine, where it
was first found; or sometimes under stones.

The specimens from Hudson bay, taken in 1920 by F. Johansen, were
found in shallow water, buried in sand. All the adults contained young. They
comprised one specimen from a small island between Long island and Cape
Jones, August 31, and two specimens from the bay outside Richmond gulf,
August 19.

I have examined many large specimens received from Cumberland gulf,
Penny harbour and Gravel beach, head of gulf, June 1, 1878, from the Howgate
Expedition to Baffin Island. It is a very local species on the northern coasts
of New England and the Bay of Fundy, but it seems to be common in arctic
waters. It has never been taken by us in deep water. It is essentially a littoral
and shallow water species.

Professor McMurrich (1910) described young specimens from Passama-
quoddy bay, N.B., and gave figures of the sphincter muscle and a perfect
mesentery. The latter has a wide but not very thick longitudinal muscle on
the inner half. His figure of the sphincter is not very different from my own
figures from a Hudson bay specimen. (See PL XXVI, figs. 1, 2.).

One Hudson bay specimen had a large amphipod crustacean in its stomach.
Another had a long, slender nematode parasite, about 25 mm. long, halfwav
through the basal membrane.

Evactis Verrill.

Evactis VERRILL, Trans. Conn. Acad. Science, Vol. I, part 2, p. 471, 1869.
Type, E. artemisia.

Cribrina (pars) McMuRRiCH, op. cit., 1901, p. 17 (not of Ehrenberg).

Urticinida3 having ectacmeous tentacles and the column wall perforated by
pores, capable of ejecting water, and bearing rows of notable verruciform
suckers. Internal structure similar to that of Tealiopsis.

McMurrich (op. cit., 1901) united this genus to Tealiopsis (as Cribrina}
because he failed to find lateral pores in his badly contracted specimens. The
evidence that such pores exist and are of use seems conclusive. (See below.)

Were we compelled to unite the two genera, the name Evactis would have
to be adopted for the whole, for it has priority over any other available name.
That course, however, seems to me to be entirely unwarranted.

Evactis artemisia (Drayton) Verrill.

Actinia artemisia DRAYTON, in Dana, Report U.S. Expl. Exped., Zoophytes,
p. 149, Atlas, PI. IV, fig. 38, 1846.

Evactis artemisia VERRILL, op. cit., 1869, p. 471.

Cribrina artemisia MCMURRICH, op. cit., 1901, p. 23, PL II, figs. 15, 16; PL III,
figs. 18-20 (structure). TORRE Y, op. cit., 1902, p. 390.

This species was originally described from Discovery harbour, Puget sound,
where it was said to be abundant living buried in sand. The specimens seen by
me, 1861, were also from Puget sound, as were those described and figured with
structural details by McMurrich. Torrey records it from Sitka, Yakutat, Popof
island and Dutch harbour, Alaska, abundant.

9343—8

114 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

The type specimens were figured as fully expanded. They were yellowish
green with dark sap-green suckers, fading out below. Tentacles variable in
colour; disk greenish, darker near tentacles; lips flesh colour. Diameter, in
expansion, 2-25 inches.

McMurrich quotes Prof. Calkin's notes on the colour. He says the column
was greenish yellow above, and yellowish white lower down; tentacles with
scarlet or purple tips. The type had the outer tentacles one inch long; inner
ones 0-5 inch. It ejected water from small lateral pores "as from a watering
pot." McMurrich failed to find any pores in his strongly contracted specimens,
but that was not strange, they are often hard to find in alcoholic Sagartiadse.

Prof. W. K. Fisher has told me that specimens, kept by him in an aquarium,
did eject strong currents of water from the sides when disturbed, as when he
was cleaning off the mucous, secreted abundantly by them.

The existence of lateral pores and the ectacmerous condition of the ten-
tacles, very unusual in this family, certainly warrant the retention of the genus
Evactis.

Epigonactis Verrill.

Epigonactis VERRILL, Amer. Journ. of Science, Vol. VII, p. 378, May, 1899.
Type, E. fecunda VERRILL.

Two large and remarkable species of this genus have been brought in from
the fishing Banks, by the Gloucester, Mass., fishermen. Neither of them has
been seen in the expanded condition .and their colours are unknown. Both
carry numerous eggs and young embedded in deep pits on the upper part of
the column.

They were described and figured by me in the American Journ. of Science,
vol. VII, pp. 376-380, figs. 35, 36, 1899.

In internal structure they are similar to Urticina, and doubtless belong
to the family Urticinidce. Capitulum, above the thick collar, is smooth, but
sulcated in contraction.

They seem to be nearest related to Pseudophellia, which carries the eggs and
young in the same way, but they do not have the firm epidermal coating present
in that genus. The sphincter muscle is largely circumscribed; perfect mesen-
teries are numerous and fertile, up to 24 pairs or more. Tentacles are stout and
numerous.

Epigonactis fecunda Verrill, (op. cit., p. 378, fig. 35) came from the Banks
off Nova Scotia, in 15 to 200 fathoms.

E. regularis Verrill, (op. cit., p. 380, fig. 36), came from the Newfoundland
banks, in deep water.

Pseudophellia Verrill.

Pseudophellia VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, vol. VII, p. 377, 1899. Type,
P. arctica Ver.

Column, except the capitulum, is covered with a firm epidermal coating;
toward the middle it has transverse rows of sunken pits containing eggs or
young. Capitulum smooth. Tentacles of moderate size and not very numer-
ous. Sphincter muscle is endodermal and circumscribed. Perfect mesenteries
numerous.

Actinaria G 115

Pseudophellia arctica Verrill.

VERRILL, Amer. Journal Science, vol. VII, p. 377, fig, 34, type, 1899.
Phellia arctica VERRILL, Proc. Essex Inst., Vol. V, p. 328, 1869; Trans. Conn.
Acad., Vol. I, p. 490, 1869. MURDOCH, op. cit., 1885, p. 162.

Plate XXXI; Fig. 2.

This species is one of the few actinians that carry the eggs and young
attached to the exterior of the body until they develop. The .greater part of
the column is covered with a thick epidermal coating, as in Phellia, but it is
easily removed. No verrucse nor pores were seen. Sphincter muscle is large,
ovate in section. Perfect mesenteries in 24 pairs ; their muscles are thick. It was
taken north of Bering strait in 30 fathoms (N. Pacific Expl. Exped.) It is,
apparently, allied to Epiactis. The Phellia arctica? recorded by Murdoch was a
rough thick species covered with sand. It was taken in 2£ to 5 fathoms on
the Arctic coast of Alaska. Another specimen, perhaps not the same species,
was white and translucent. As the internal structure was not examined in either
case the identifications are doubtful.

Family BOLOCERID^ McMurrich.

Large actinians having numerous stout tentacles which are not retractile,
but usually readily cast off. Column usually smooth, secreting mucous abund-
antly. No cinclida? noracontia; usually no suckers nor verrucae. Mesenteries
regularly hexamerous; many pairs fertile and perfect. Sphincter muscle
relatively small, endodermal, mostly diffuse.

Bolocera Gosse, 1860.
Type, Bolocera tuedice (Johnst.) Gosse.

Carlgren has separated the fallowing species from B. tuedice, with which it
had long been united. No doubt they are closely allied, but our American
specimens appear to have much longer and more numerous tentacles than the
typical B. tuedice.

Bolocera longicornis Carlgren.

Bolocera tuedice VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Sci., V, pp. 5, 14, 1873; VI, p. 440;

VII, 1874, pp. 413, 500; Vol. XXIII, p. 315, 1882 (distribution); Bull.

Mus. Comp. Zool., XI, 1883, p. 59, (not of Gosse). WHITEAVES, List.

Invert., p. 41, 1901. VERRILL, op. cit., 1885, pp. 514, 534.
Bolocera longicornis CARLGREN, Ofversigt af Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhandlingar,

No. 8, pp. 241-250, 1891. McMuRRicn, op. cit., 1894, p. 155.

Plate XXIII; Fig. 1.

This is a large species easily distinguished by its smooth, lubricous, stout,
usually cylindric, orange or red body, and by the very large, non-retractile
tentacles/ easily cast off. It often expands to 150 to 200 mm. (6 to 8 inches,
across the tentacles. The longer tentacles are often 50 to 75 mm. (2 to 3 mches;
in length, and 10 to 12 mm. in diameter. The body is ordinarily 50 to 75 mm.
(2 to 3 inches) in diameter and height, often higher than broad when expanded.

9343— 8}

116 G Canadian Arctic /!,>/>"/''"'", 11)13-1918

The longer inner tentacles are large and long and usually swollen toward
the base, tapering to the obtuse tip. They are soft and lubricous, with fine
longitudinal striations, due to muscular fibers; at the base they have a strong
circular muscle capable of detaching them by contraction.

They are in about three or four submarginal rows. The inner are much
larger than the outer ones.

The colour of the disk is deep orange-red, finely radiated with darker lines,
which are often indistinct, but sometimes very conspicuous. Margin of mouth
is thickened and has numerous folds, usually brighter red than the disk, often
rose or red-lead colour, but sometimes the same as the disk. At each end there
is a large siphonoglyph formed by two conspicuous thick folds with a deep sulcus
between them. These are usually bright red or rose-colour, varying to purple,
and brighter than the lips, both within the stomoda3um, and at the edges.
Tentacles usually about the same colour as the disk, but marked longitudinally
with lines, which are alternately highly coloured and more or less translucent ,
but without any transverse bands. The outer ones are smaller and often paler
and the tips are usually pale and have a terminal pore.

The column is usually unicoloured and of the same colour as the disk,
but mostly paler; most frequently deep salmon, orange, or orange-red, generally
smooth, and usually having a faintly vermiculate appearance due to contrac-
tion. One specimen had the disk and tentacles bright rose-red, with bright
blood-red lips, the siphonoglyph purplish red, the body deep salmon, becoming
orange toward the base and rosy toward the summit. In this the body in
partial contraction was broad urn-shaped; transversely and longitudinally
wrinkled, with a conspicuous fold below the tentacles, on which as well as below,
the surface was raised between the intersecting grooves.

Some specimens had the body yellowish white or pale salmon and the outer
tentacles the same colour, or even translucent white with opaque white lines,
but the inner tentacles and disk deep rose-red in one and orange-red in another ;
in the former the border of the mouth was dark brown, the siphonoglyphs salmon;
in the other the border was pale lemon-yellow with rosy angles. Another
specimen had a bright orange body and outer tentacles, but the inner tentacles
and disk dark brown; the border of the mouth bright orange-red.

When detached, which often happens, the tentacles retain their plumpness
and fusiform shape, and are capable of contracting and expanding, so as to
change their forms for some time, so that they resemble entire living worms
or holothurians.

These detached tentacles have powerful nematocysts and are capable of
stinging the human. hands painfully, especially when the skin is softened by
overhauling the wet contents of the dredges. They were often very plentiful
in the deep water dredged materials and gave some of us much trouble by their
stinging. They are often about as long and as large as a man's smaller fingers
and usually light red or pink in colour, with paler striations and a soft lubricous
surface. They have a basal circular muscle that closes the aperture where
they break off, but the opening in the disk remains open for some time. It
is not uncommon to find dredged specimens from which all or part of the ten-
tacles have broken away, leaving open pores in the disk. We often dredged
large numbers of loose tentacles with no corresponding bodies.

Hertwig's genus Liponema (Voy. Challenger, VI, p. 158) was based on a
Bolocera from which all the tentacles had broken off, according to McMurrich,
who has examined the type. (See Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, p. 209, 1894).

This species is abundant and widely distributed off the U. S. Coast, especi-
ally on more or less muddy bottoms in rather deep water. Its known range is
from the fishing Banks off Nova Scotia to deep water off Cape Fear, N.C. In
depth it ranges from 37 to 1,106 fathoms, but it is not common in less than
100 fathoms.

Carlgren records it from off the Scandinavian coasts in 40 to 80 fathoms.

Actinaria G 117

Five large specimens were also dredged by the " Blake" at Stations 303,
309, 310, in 304 and 260 fathoms, off southern New England.

It was dredged at a large number of localities by the U.S. Fish Commission
parties from 1872 to 1887, in the deeper parts of the Bay of Fundy, in 50 to
109 fathoms; off Nova Scotia, in 50 to 100 fathoms; Gulf of Maine, in 50 to
150 fathoms; off Casco bay, in 40 to 90 fathoms; Massachusetts bay, in 40
to 52 fathoms; off Cape Cod, in 37 to 90 fathoms. Off Martha's Vineyard,
on the Gulf Stream slope, it has been dredged, often in abundance and of large
sizes, at many localities, in 160 to 500 fathoms, and sparingly in 65 to 100 fathoms,
in 1880 to 1887.

A few specimens have been brought from the fishing Banks, off Nova Scotia,
by the Gloucester, Mass., fishermen.

A closely related species (B. kerguelensis) has been described by Studer
from the Antarctic ocean, off Kerguelen island; and another, B. occidua, by
McMurrich from the Pacific.

PARASITES AND COMMENSALS.

We often found in the stomach of this species, a very remarkable parasitic
lernean crustacean (Antheacheres dubenii Sars). It is soft and usually pink in
colour, 'or like its host. The sexes differ much in form and both are often living
in the same stomach.

We also occasionally found a large commensal orange coloured scaly
annelid (Polynoe aurantiaca Verrill) living among the long tentacles and agreeing
with them in colour. (See Verrill, op. cit., 1885, p. 514, pi. XXXVI, figs. 167,
168; pi. XL, fig. 175.)

Eubolocera. New genus.
Type, Bolocera multicornis VERRILL, 1879.

I propose to establish a new genus for this remarkable species, on account
of its short, broad form, with a multitude of mesenteries and tentacles, the
tentacles almost covering the very wide disk, and standing crowded in about 20
rows in the large specimens. The sphincter muscle is similar to that of Bolocera.

The disk and tentacles are not retractile. The muscles of the mesenteries
are thin and feeble.

Eubolocera multicornis Verrill. New name.

Bolocera multicornis VERRILL, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 198, Nov., 1879; Explor-
ations made by Albatross in 1883, Annual Report Comm. Fish and Fisheries,
for 1883, p. 536, [14] 1885.

Plate XXIII; Figure 2.

Eubolocera multicornis is a large, bright red species, or about red-lead
colour, with over 200 crowded tentacles, which are of moderate length, 14-18 mm.
long, or about equal to one-fifth the diameter of the disk. The tentacles are of
about the same colour as the column and not banded. The very broad disk of
the type is convex and about 3-75 inches (194 mm.) in diameter; total height
at centre is 30 to 33 mm. The column is very short and thick, much narrower
than the disk, when in full expansion.

It was first known from off Cape Cod, on " Clarks Ledge," near Georges
bank, in 45 fathoms, later elsewhere off Cape Cod, in 33 to 90 fathoms, m
1881 and 1882. It doubtless lives also on the other more northern fishing
Banks, in rocky places. B. brevicornis McMurrich, from the Pacific, seems to
be a similar species.

118 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Family PARACTID^E Hertwig (emended).

LC-

Actinians destitute of acontia and cinclidae. Tentacles numerous. Sphinc
ter muscle is mesoglceal, either thick or diffuse, Usually more than one cycle
of perfect mesenteries, up to three or four or more cycles; all or nearly all may
be fertile. Imperfect mesenteries usually numerous, up to the sixth cycle in
some adults, and mostly fertile.

No acrorhagi nor pseudobranchiae. Column usually smooth or wrinkled,
but without real verruca? or notable suckers, though small suckers may occur.
Aboral disk adherent; it may be large or much reduced. In some deep sea
genera the tentacles are not retractile.

Stomphia Gosse.

Stomphia GOSSE, Annals Nat. Hist. Ser. 3, Vol. Ill, p. 48, 1859; Actin. Brit.,
p. 221, 1860. CARLGREN, op. cit., 1892. VERRILL, Amer.Mourn. Science,
Ser. 4, Vol. VII, 1899. McMuRRicn, op. cit., 1910, p. 77."

Column soft, smooth, without verruca? or suckers, very changeable in form,
thin in sections. Basal disk, thin, broad in expansion, but can contract to small
size. Disk may be flat, concave, or convex, very mutable. Tentacles numerous,
moderately stout, retractile. Two siphonoglyphs ; labial lobes numerous, small.
Mesenteries thin, numerous, 12 to 24 pairs or more perfect and mostly fertile;
longitudinal muscles feeble.

Gosse (op. cit., 1860, p. 225) states that the sexes, in the types, are separate
and that the gonads of the male are salmon-color, while those of the female
are brilliant scarlet, in "grape-like clusters." He also records the discharge
of " globular ova of the size of mustard seed and of a rich scarlet hue" (p. 223).
This is of interest, because Urticina crassicornis is viviparous, discharging
well developed young ones, often with two or more cycles of tentacles.

According to McMurrich (1910) Carlgren has united to this smooth species,
the strongly verrucose Tealiopsis polaris Dan. and also Sagartia repens Dan.,
and others. Danielssen described S. repens as having acontia.

Neither species, as figured from life, looks like Stomphia cameola.

Stomphia cameola (Stimpson) Verrill.

Actinia cameola STIMPSON, Invert. Grand Manan, p. 7, 1852.

Actinia nitida (provisional name) J. W. DAWSON, Canadian Naturalist, 1858.

Rhodactinia davisii (pars) VERRILL, op. cit., 1864, pp. 19, 20.

Stomphia churchice GOSSE, op. cit., 1859; Actin. Brit., p. 22, pi. VIII, fig. 5,

1860. ANDRES, op. cit., 1884, p. 369. CARLGREN, Kongl. Svenska Vet.

Akad. Handl., vol. XXV, 2, p. 80, PL 1, VIII, IX, X, 1892 (anatomy).
Stomphia cameola VERRILL, op. cit., 1899, pp. 206-208, figs. 24-24d (description,

structure, synonymy, etc.)
Stomphia coccinea (pars) CARLGREN, op. cit., 1902. Probably not A. coccinea

MULLER, 1776. MCMURRICH, op. cit., 1910, p. 77.

Plate XXX; Fig. 1.

The general characters of this species are stated above in the generic des-
cription. As indicated it is very protean in form in confinement. Although
normally cylindrical, rather higher than broad, it may become more elongated

Actinaria G 119

or extremely short; it may be hour-glass shaped, or become much swollen,
as in PL XXX, fig. 1, with the basal disk appearing relatively small. The disk,
also, is protean in form, changing from concave to convex. Tentacles are rather
stout in full expansion, but may be rather long and tapered, numerous, up to
96 or more in good size specimens. The region of the sphincter muscle some-
times shows a slight thickening.

The colour is also variable. Large specimens usually have the column trans-
lucent pink or flesh-colour or pale greenish, with paler mesenterial stripes showing,
but it may also be mottled or streaked irregularly with pale red, rose-red, or
scarlet, but the capitulum, just below the margin, is generally paler, without
red mottlings, but this area is often poorly defined.

The tentacles are often translucent pale flesh-colour or pink, with two or
more, often three, bands of carmine or light rose-red, the distal one at the tip.
The basal band usually extends around the sides of the tentacles and often
extends inward as a partial radial line on the disk. The disk is coloured similarly
to the column; it often has a circle of light red or rose-red spots, or a continuous
ring of red or scarlet around the mouth, and another circle of red spots farther
out towards the tentacles.

Nearly always there are two small flake-white spots in front of each tentacle
of the inner circle, more noticeable in the young, in which the other colours
are paler and the texture more translucent. The two siphonoglyphs are usually
bright red or scarlet; inside of mouth is pink or salmon-colour. The sphincter
muscle in the larger specimens is well defined in sections with an ovate or clavate
outline, varying in form according to the amount of contraction and the age.

It often grows to rather large sizes. Some examples had the column in
expansion over 2 inches (50mm) high and nearly as broad; others were consider-
ably larger. More commonly it is about half that size; tentacles about 10-16mm
long.

This handsome species often closely resembles Urticina crassicornis in its
colours, especially when young, and it is very often confounded with the latter,
when they occur together, as they often do in the bay of Fundy and the sheltered
bays near Eastport, Maine. It seldom has the notable red radfal lines on the
disk and running out between the tentacles generally, but not always, charac-
teristic of U. crassicornis.

The best way to distinguish it is to make a transverse section of the sphincter
muscle, which is mesogloeal instead of being large, circumscribed endodermul,
as in Urticina.

It never has small suckers, usually more or less evident on Urticina, nor
any verruese, characteristic oiTealiopsis. (See above, p. 110 G, note). It is des-
titute of acontia and cinclidse, which distinguishes it from all the Sagartiadse.

McMurrich (1910), following Carlgren, adopts for this species the name
Stomphia coccinea (Miiller, 1776). I fail to see any good evidence that the A.
coccinea of Miiller was this species. Gosse and others have referred it to Sargartia
coccinea, with more reason, I believe.

This is essentially a rather shallow water species, and seldom littoral. It
occurred frequently in my many dredgings, from 1860 to 1872, in the bay of
Fundy, Eastport harbour, Maine, South bay, etc., in 8 to 35 fathoms. It did
not occur in the later deep dredgings of the U. S. Fish Commission. It has
not been found South of Cape Cod.

Dawson dredged it in the mouth of the St. Lawrence. McMurrich records
it from Passamaquoddy bay, young, (1910). It generally occurs on gravelly
or stony bottoms, attached to stones and dead shells. It seems to be rather
rare on the northern European coasts. Gosse records several examples from
Moray Firth, Loch Long, etc., all brought up on the lines or nets of fishermen.
There are no reliable Arctic records known to me.

120 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Family HALCAMPID^E Andres, 1884.
Ilyanthidce (pars). Many authors.

Column usually narrow and much elongated, generally without a definite
basal disk or with a very small one; most often the base is pointed, with or with-
out a central pore Tentacles usually few (8 — 24) ; most frequently 12. Mesen-
teries few, hexamerous; most often only 6 or 12 pairs; all may be perfect and
fertile ; those of the second cycle may be imperfect ; sometimes the mesenteries
exceed the number of tentacles. Sphincter muscle feeble, diffuse, or lacking.
Mesenteries usually have a strong, often narrow or circumscribed, longitudinal
muscle. A conchula may be either well developed or lacking.

Sub-family HALGAMPIN^) Verrill. New name.

Halcampidae which lack a conchula and apparently a pore at the aboral
end of the body. Scapus sulcated, it may be naked or it may be covered with
a loosely attached epidermal coating consisting mainly of mucous, fine sand, etc.
Tentacles usually 12, sometimes 10, 14, 20, or 24; mesenteries 12 to 24; 12
usually perfect and fertile. Longitudinal mesenterial muscle strong, restricted.

Genus Halcampa Gosse.

Peachia (pars) GOSSE, Trans. Linn. Soc., XXI, p. 271, 1855.
Halcampa GOSSE, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., 3rd series, i, p. 418, 1858;
Actinologia Brit., p. 246, 1860. ANDRES, op. cit., p. 100, 1884.

Column very contractile, much elongated and slender in expansion, occupy-
ing holes in the earth or among rocks, etc., but able to creep about, adhering
by the sides.; in contraction irregularly cylindrical, often with constrictions;
column-wall membranous throughout, translucent, with or without adherent
sand, etc. Base capable of being enlarged and greatly distended, without a
distinct disk, but capable of adhering slightly by its surface to foreign bodies
by very minute sucker-like organs; apparently imperf orate. Tentacles 12,
rarely 10, short, in two cycles. Perfect mesenteries, usually 12. They are
very thin next the wall, but near the middle have a very strong, longitudinal,
muscular thickening, which narrows both above and below. The peripheral pores
of the mesenteries are large and well defined; six pairs are imperfect.

Halcampa duodecimcirrata (Sars).

Edwardsia duodecimcirrata M. SARS, Nyt. Mag. Nat. Hist., VI, n. 10, p. 142,
1851. MOBIUS and MEYER, Weig. Arch. f. Naturges., Jahr. 29, b. 1, p. 70,
pi. Ill, figs. A, D, 1863.

Edwardsia farinacea (pars) VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Sci., Vol. VII, pi. VIII, fig. 5,
1874 (not fig. 4, nor the text).

Halcampa farinacea (pars) ANDRES, op. cit., 1884, p. 102.

Plate XXI; Figures 1, 2, 2a.

Column changeable in form, often nearly cylindrical, at other times swollen
in the middle or posteriorly, capable of contracting to less than half its full
length. Column is usually covered with scattered, feebly adherent, fine grains

Actinaria G 121

of sand and small foraminifera when first caught, but it soon discards these
when in an aquarium.

The following descriptions are from living specimens taken in the Bay of
Fundy, in 60 fathoms, on a soft muddy bottom, in 1872. Tentacles 12, rather
short, blunt, about half as long as the diameter of the column. Alternately
a little longer and shorter.

Length, in expansion, 25 to 30 mm; diameter, 4-5mm; length in contrac-
tion, 10 to 12 mm.

Column usually cylindric, pale salmon colour, varying to yellowish brown,
coated thinly with minute grains of sand and foraminifera, except near the ends.
The disk usually protrudes; near the lips there is a circle of small purplish
brown spots and another circle of the same colour near the bases of the ten-
tacles, the two connected by brown radial lines. These spots are long-oval,
their pointed end outward. Each tentacle has a spot of reddish brown on each
side of its base, and has about six wavy or crescent shaped transverse spots
of reddish or pale brown, alternating with white or flesh-colour. The six
alternate shorter tentacles are a little darker than the others, due to the darker
brown spots. The brown markings often run down to a point or become
V-shaped on the inner side of the bases of the tentacles.

Column below the tentacles clear salmon-colour, with pale purplish brown
double spots alternating with the tentacle "bases. On the shorter dark tentacles
the brown transverse markings often run together on the outer side forming
a median brown spot.

One small specimen from the same place has a median line of brown spots
on the tentacles interrupted by flake-white spots; lips whitish, surrounded by
12 brown spots, midway between the mouth and tentacles, and with another
circle of brown spots near the bases of the tentacles.

Another specimen from the Bay of Fundy, off Head harbour, Grand Manan
island, in 50 to 60 fathoms, was 38 mm long, 5 to 6 mm in diameter. Like the
preceding, it was covered in the middle with fine sand that it soon entirely cast
off, leaving the whole surface clean, smooth and translucent, showing the inser-
tions of the mesenteries as white lines bordered with purple; general colour of
the column pale salmon. Tentacles salmon-colour, crossed by about five
wavy bands of purplish brown; most of these surround the tentacles and run
down into a V-shaped or W-shaped mark on the inner surface ; the basal band is
darkest. The mouth has 12 white labial lobes; a circle of small purplish spots,
alternating with white, surrounds the moiitn; another circle of triangular
purplish spots is situated farther out; at the inner bases of the tentacles there
is another circle of lighter purplish brown spots. Below the outer bases of the
tentacles there is a circle of 12 purple spots, divided by white lines; the
alternate spots run down as purplish lines alongside the mesenterial white lines.

This specimen agrees closely with one figured on Plate XXI, fig. 1.

This species was dredged by us in many localities in the Bay of Fundy;
Eastport harbour; South bay, near Eastport, Maine, 1864-1872, and in Casco
bay, 1873.

It occurred only sparingly, usually only one at a time, in 6 to 90 fathoms,
on sand or mud bottoms.

Variety nitida. New variety.
Plate XXI; Figures, 2, 2a.

Tentacles 10, short, thick, obtuse, usually about half as long as the dia-
meter of the disk, or somewhat longer in full expansion.

The column is cylindrical and has a thin loosely attached coating of fine
sand grains on the middle portion; both ends without sand, soft and smooth,
translucent, with ten longitudinal white lines, due to the mesenteries; on the

er,

,

122 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

capitulum there are ten stripes of dull brown, alternately lighter and darker
corresponding with the tentacle bases; these stripes are specked with fla"
white irregular spots, becoming more evident near the tentacle bases.

The tentacles have a pair of lateral brown spots on their outer bases, form
ing a conspicuous circle of 20 brown spots; their tips are translucent; on the
inner surface there are about 5 wavy brown bands and spots, some of them
extending around back of the tentacles; they alternate with transverse lines
of yellow or white; the basal band is the darkest and often V-shaped or
M-shaped.

The mouth has 10 brownish labial lobes; the disk is pale yellow, with 10
radial rows of pale brown spots, running to the tentacles, separated by pale or
white mesenterial lines. Length about 1 inch (25mm); diameter of column
about 3 mm. Described from living specimens.

Type locality, off No Man's Land, in 19 fathoms, Sept. 2nd, 1871, U. S.
Fish Commission.

Halcampa (?) anomala. New form.
Plate XXXI; Fig. 4.

This form, which must be abnormal, is remarkable for having an unusual
number and arrangement of the tentacles.

It has 14 normal shaped tentacles, about equal in length, and 3 smaller
ones, each united to one of the larger ones as if it were partially split off from
it, or had arisen as a bud from its side. One of the larger tentacles stands
nearer the mouth than the others. The larger tentacles are thick, mostly
obtuse, rather longer than half the diameter of the disk as seen in the living
specimen, and probably not fully expanded. They are crossed by about 7
more or less curved or waved reddish brown markings or bands, alternating
with bands of yellowish white.

The disk is ornamented with circles of reddish brown spots alternating
with those of yellowish white. Two lateral white spots at the base of each ten-
tacle run down on the capitulum. Column is pale flesh-colour. Length, in
expansion, 44 mm; diameter about 6 mm. Internal structure was not examined.
On account of its similar colouration it is referred with doubt to this genus,
though it has an abnormal number of tentacles. Described from a living
specimen.

A single specimen was taken in Massachusetts bay, off Race point; Station
292, 19 fathoms, fine sand and mud, by the U. S. Fish Comm. in 1879.

The branched form of some of the tentacles is doubtless abnormal.

Halcampa farinacea (Verrill) Andres.

Edwardsia farinacea VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, vol. XLII, p. 118, 1869;

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, vol. IV, p. 163, 1869; Proc. Amer. Assoc.

Adv. Sci., for 1873, pp. 353, 368, pi. VI, fig. 1; Amer. Journ, Sci., Vol.

VII, p. 413, PL VIII, fig. 4, 1874 (not fig. 5).
Halcampa farinacea (pars) ANDRES, op. cit., 1884, p. 102 (references incorrect.)

Plate XXI; Fig. 3.

Column changeable in form, not very slender, often swollen in the middle
or near the base, tapering upward, but sometimes swollen near the tentacles,
partly covered with small, firmly adherent grains of sand, the internal lamellae
showing through faintly, but becoming more distinct on the naked, transparent,

Actinaria G 123

swollen basal portion, which is marked by 12 corresponding whitish sulcations,
meeting at the end and alternating with some finer lines. Upper part of column
is transparent and naked for about 3 or 4 mm.

Tentacles 12, rather short, in a single circle at the margin of the disk,
not crowded, pale yellowish white, sprinkled with fine flakes-white specks which
become more crowded on the inner median line and at the tips. Disk small,
often protruded; mouth largely dilatable, sometimes elevated on a cone; lips
with 12 irregular lobes. Disk and naked space below the tentacles pale yellow-
ish white, finely speckled with flake-white, the disk with faint whitish radiating
lines. Length, 12-15 mm; diameter, 4-5 mm; of disk, 3-4 mm. The type
locality was South bay, near Lubec, Maine, in 8 fathoms, mud, 1872. It was
subsequently taken by us in various places in the Bay of Fundy and Casco bay,
in 10 to 95 fathoms.

The fig. 5, as of the disk, pi. VIII, Am. J. Sci., 1874, is not this species.
It belongs to H. duodecimcirrata. Andres united the two species and erred
in his references.

Sub-family SIPHONAGTININvE Verrill. New name.
Family Siphonactinidce ANDRES, 1884, (emended).

Halcampidse having one siphonoglyph prolonged into a lobed conchula.
capable of being protruded. Posterior end usually provided with a pore.
Tentacles usually 12, rarely 8 or 10. Six pairs of perfect strongly muscular
mesenteries; often four or more pairs of narrow, imperfect, fertile ones.

Some of the species are parasitic on jelly-fishes, at least while young; others
burrow in the earth.

Siphonactinia Dan. and Koren.

Siphonactinia DANIELSSEN AND KOREN, Fauna Litt. Norvegise, ii, p. 88, pi.

12, figs. 4-6, 1856; Annals and Mag. Natural History, Ser. 2, vol. XVIII,

p. 219, pi., 1856.
Biddium L. AGASSIZ, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., VII, p. 24, 1859. VERRILL,

Revision of the Polyps of the Eastern Coast of the United States, Memoirs

of Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., Vol. I, p. 31, PL 1, figs. 14, 15, 1865.
fPeachia (pars) GOSSE, Actinologia Brit., p. 243, 1860 (not of 1855). VERRILL

(pars), op. cit., 1866, 1873.

Philomedusa (pars) ANDRES, op. cit., p. 112, 1884; (? not of MULLER, 1860).
Biddium McMuRRicn, Proceedings Zool. Soc., London, II, p. 967, 1913.

Column naked, soft, elongated, in life very changeable in form, often
cylindric, or tapering to the aboral end, where there is no disk, but a central
contractile pore, often tightly closed in contraction. Both ends are capable of
invection. In expansion the oral end is usually the larger. Tentacles 8 or 12,
usually 12. Mesenteries usually 12, all perfect, with thick longitudinal muse
Circular muscles of the column are mesoglceal, moderately developed, some-
what stronger near each end; sphincter little or not at all differentiated.

Usually there is only one siphonoglyph, which may become tubular by
union of its edges, ending in a simple three-lobed conchula, capable of pro-
trusion. Surface of column capable of adhesion by means of minute suckers,
usually not visible to the naked eye unless in use.

The genus Siphonactinia Dan. and Koren, 1856, appears to be identical
with Biddium Agassiz, 1859. Its conchula is terminated by three simple lob
as in the latter. It is represented as much exsert and tubular, but I have seen

124 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

the conchula of Bicidium parasiticum exsert to nearly the same extent, and the
edges of its siphonoglyph can cohere, making a tubular form.

Andres makes it identical with Peachia Gosse, 1855, but P. hastata, the
typical species of Peachia, has 10 pairs of mesenteries and a more complex con-
chula.

Philomedusa Mull. (1860, p. 57, PL 2, fig. 1) is now believed to be the
parasitic larval form of a Mediterranean Halcampella, according to Haddnn.
But if identical with Bicidium, as Andres supposed, the latter name and also
Siphonactinia are both earlier names.

The larvae of a species of European Halcampa (H. chrysanthellum) are also
parasitic on jelly fishes (t. Haddon). A closely related species (H. farinacea
Ver.) is common on our coast and its larval form should be looked for on our
hydromedusse.

Siphonactinia parasitica (Ag.). New name.

Bicidium parasiticum L. AGASSIZ, op. cit., p. 24, 1859. VERRILL, op. cit., p. 31,
pi. 1, figs. 14, 15, 1864. HARGITT, Anthozoa Woods Hole Region, p. 239,
fig. 2, 1914. MCMURRICH, op. cit., p. 967, pi. 98, fig. 8, 1913.

Peachia parasitica VERRILL, Proc. Boston, Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. X, p. 338, 1866;
Invert, of Vineyard Sound, p. 739, (445), 1873. HADDON, Proc. Royal
Dublin Soc., 1887, p. 475.

Philomedusa parasitica ANDRES, Le Attinie, p. 112, figs. 9, 9b, after Verrill, 1884.
Plate XX; Figures 2, 3. Plate XXV; Figure 3 (section).

The following description was made from living specimens parasitic on
Cyanea arctica in Eastport harbour, Maine, where it was abundant.

Body variable in form and size. In full extension elongated, up to 80 mm
long and 12 to 14 mm. in diameter; the same specimens in contraction usually
tapering to the base. In contraction usually elliptical or ovate, often swollen
toward the basal end; sometimes nearly spherical; no basal disk; aboral end
often involuted; true pore seldom visible.

The visible pore may often be due to a temporary deep infolding of the
integument at the center, owing to the contractile movements of the mesen-
terial muscles and the circular muscles near it, even when the real pore is tightly
closed by its sphincter muscle.

The column-wall is soft, and it has 12 sulcations corresponding to the
mesenteries, visible through the wall; intervals between the sulci are convex,
crossed by many transverse wrinkles, and toward the base each has a longi-
tudinal row of six to eight minute paler or thin spots, simulating pores, but
probably serving as suckers, not always visible to the naked eye.

The tentacles, in expansion, are about 12 mm. long, thick, often swollen
at the base; tips have a terminal pore, often rather conspicuous. Perhaps
microscopic suckers are present, for the sides of the body are adhesive to the
sides of an aquarium, etc.

The mouth, when contracted, is often nearly regular, with nine equal lobes
or folds, and three others, obtusely rounded, standing a little farther back at
one end of the mouth forming a conchula in connection with the deep siphono-
glyph. But the mouth and lips take various forms, according to the state of
contraction. The conchula can be much protruded at times. It adheres to
the jelly-fish partly by means of the mouth-lobes.

The color of the body varies from uniform light flesh-colour to light brown,
greenish brown, or liver-brown. Sometimes the darker brown specimens have
pale flesh-coloured tentacles, with brown tips, a narrow light brown band on

Actinaria G 125

the distal third, and a diffuse spot of the same colour at each side of the base.
Inside of lips whitish; lips fL-sh-colour; disk paler with white radial lines
running out between the tentacles, due to insertions of the mesenteries.

When well expanded in life, the conchula is often much exserted, sometimes
nearly as long as the tentacles. It has three nearly equal, rounded, thick lobes,
a simple median and a similar but shorter lateral one on each side, with a deep
groove between them (PL XX, fig. 3). Sometimes the two adjacent lip-
lobes, which are less prominent, seem to reinforce the conchula and are then
larger than the other lip-lobes, but similar in form. Mouth and lips very
changeable. •

This species is not uncommon on Cyanea arctica, from Cape Cod to Nova
Scotia, in summer. It is uncertain whether its adult form is yet known.

The following generic description applies to the specimens that I formerly
considered the adult state, but the conchula is so different that it may well
be entirely distinct. Moreover, it has 10 pairs of mesenteries. At any rate
no intermediate stages have been found during the past 47 years, so far as I
know.

Prof. McMurrich has described a closely alljed species from Puget sound,
near Vancouver island, under the name Bicidium cequorece, parasitic OR a species
of Mquorea. He found no aboral pore in the contracted specimen, and no
conchula, but his figure of the labial lobes is much like those of the same parts
in some alcoholic specimens of our species. No doubt it belongs to the same
genus. It had twelve perfect mesenteries. I believe it should be called Siphon-
actinia cequorece, in spite of the reduced conchula.

Bicidiopsis. New genus.

Form and general appearance much as in Siphonactinia and Peachia.
In life very changeable in form, contracting and expanding its body actively,
especially when burrowing.

The column-wall is soft and naked, but provided with circular muscles,
more aboundant towards the ends, both of which are capable of involution.
The column-wall usually shows 10 or 20 sulcations due to the insertion of the mesen-
teries; in contraction it is much wrinkled. Tentacles usually 12, sometimes
8 or 18, of moderate length, rather stout, about equal, nearly in one circle.
Mouth large, with large labial lobes. One deep and often tubular siphonoglyph,
capable of extension and bearing the conchula. The conchula consists of three
thick basal lobes, each surmounted by one or two small papilliform or nipple-
shaped processes ; often there are five of these, one median and two -pairs lateral ;
but there may be only one lateral pair.

The sphincter muscle is mesoglceal and but little dilated, even in much
contracted specimens.

The mesenteries are 20, in 10 pairs; 6 pairs are perfect, with thick longi-
tudinal muscles, recurved in the distal part; 4 pairs are small and imperfect,
though some may unite with the stomodseum near its bottom; some or all may
extend to the aboral end; others to about the mid-length of the stomodseum.
The pairs of imperfect muscles are in the sulcar exocceles and sulco-lateral
exocceles, as in Peachia hastata, as figured by Haddon (op. cit., 1889, p. 338,
fig. 1). Viewed from the inside the 12 perfect mesenteries, and sometimes the
others, reach nearly to the centre of the base, which is occupied by a small,
roundish, central pore, or in contraction by a thick area of muscular tissues
closing it. Toward the aboral end of the column there are some very small
and nearly transparent spots, as viewed from the inside, which may be small
suckers or else minute pores closed by contraction; they are in rows, but not
numerous.

126 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

This genus seems closely related to Peachia Gosse, especially to P. triphifUa,
which has a three-lobed conchula. But that was not the typical species. The
earlier described species, L. hastata, must be laken as the type of Peachia.
That species has a far more complicated conch ula, but its mesenteries are arranged
in essentially the same way, though the longitudinal mesenterial muscles are
very different in form, being recurved, much wider and not so thick, and
pinnate instead of reniform or crescent shaped as in our species.

Both have two cycles of mesenteries, those of the second cycle being un-
developed in the sulcular lateral exocceles, so that there are but 10 pairs of mesen-
teries in each genus. But the arrangement is strictly hcxamerous. The failure
to develop two pairs of mesenteries of the second cycle does not change the
regular hexamerous condition of the six primary perfect pairs.

The only external character for the separation of Bicidiopsis from Peachia
that can now be relied upon is the great difference in the conchula.

In P. hastata the conchula is described and figured by Gosse (Actin. Brit-
anica) as very large, consisting of two large rounded lobes, bearing 12 to 20
processes, more or less divided, and therefore very different from that of our
species. He states positively that it has a basal pore, as in our speci< s.

McMurrich failed to find a terminal pore in preserved specimens that he
described under the name Peachia quinquecapitata, from Nanoose bay, Van-
couver Island, in 15 to 25 fathoms (op. cit., 1913). Probably the pore was
tightly closed in his specimens. His species belongs to Bicidiopsis, as here
defined.

Andres described a species, evidently of this genus, under the name Siphon-
actinia tricapitata, but having only three papilliform processes on the conchula.
One of his specimens had 18 tentacles; the other two had 12 tentacles each.
He did not describe its internal structure but gave a good coloured figure.
It closely resembles B. tubicola in form and colour. It should be called Bici-
diopsis tricapitata.

I have separated this genus from Siphonactinia on account of the presence
of 20 mesenteries, instead of 12; and because of the more elaborate conchula,
which carries a group of papilliform lobules, not found in that genus.

Bicidiopsis tubicola. New species.
Plate XX; Figure 1.

The following description was made from two living specimens taken by me
in the harbour of Eastport, Maine, at low water mark of a very low tide,
burrowing in sand and gravel, up to the tentacles.

The body of the larger specimen in partial expansion was nearly cylindrical,
about three times longer than broad, obtusely rounded and perforated at the
base, without a basal disk. The body-walls are salmon-colour and somewhat
translucent, allowing the mesenteries to show through as whitish lines. The
intervals between these lines are swollen and transversely corrugated by wrinkles;
posteriorly the surface appears somewhat reticulated by wrinkles, enclosing
polygonal areas. No suckers are ordinarily visible, but the creature can adhere
to the side of a glass dish by the surface of the body, indicating the presence of
minute or retractile suckers; minute round pits, which may be contracted
suckers, are often visible with a lens on the preserved specimens.

Tentacles twelve, large, stout, tapering, but usually obtusely pointed.
Their colour is pale salmon, brown at the inner base, and crossed by four bands
of light brown. The disk is small, brownish around the mouth, outside of this
it has a circle of pale salmon, and is then brownish at the bases of the tentacles.
The mouth is salmon-colour inside. It is furnished with a large, prominent,

Actinaria G 127

often exsert, three-lobed conchula at one end, connected with a deep siphono-
glyph. The lateral lobes are swollen and each is terminated by two small
dark brown papillae. A median or terminal process is longest, often reaching
to the middle of the tentacles, or beyond, when expanded in life.

The larger specimen, as studied in life, and not fully extended, was about
75 mm. (or 3 inches) long and 25 mm. in diameter; tentacles about 10 mm.
long; 3 mm. in diameter. The other specimen was about two thirds as large,
40 mm. long and 18 mm. in diameter. When first found they were consider-
ably longer. Taken August 26, 1870, buried in holes in gravel and sand, under
large stones, at low tide, a little south of Dog island, Eastport, Maine. This
was before the harbour became polluted by the offal from many sardine factories
built there in later years, which has now destroyed most of the rich fauna origin-
ally found there, even under the wharves, where the extreme tides were about
28 feet.

This species was for many years thought by me to be possibly the adult
free stage of the parasitic Bicidium parasiticum, and the description was not
published for that reason, hoping that additional free specimens might be found.
This has not happened during nearly fifty years, so far as I know, until similar
specimens were found in Hudson bay by Mr. F. Johansen in 1920. (See
below.)

Its general appearance is somewhat like the parasitic species, but the colour
is entirely different, and it is much larger. The most important external differ-
ence is in the conchula, which in this species is larger, much elongated, with two
papillae on the lateral lobes, and with the median process three-parted. In
the parasite, the three lobes are simple and the organ is much less developed.

I have never made sections from these specimens and at present they are
not available for examination. They belong to the collections of the Yale
University Museum, now in storage.

Bicidiopsis arctica. New species.
Plate XXV; Figs. 1-lk. Plate XXVI; Fig. 8. Text Fig. 16.

Two specimens sent to me from the Geological Survey of Canada were
from the east side of Richmond gulf, in 15 to 20 fathoms, taken June, 1899, by
A. P. Low. Catalogue No. 54, (Coelenterates), Victoria Memorial Museum,
Ottawa. Type. I have made some sections from them, for anatomical details.
See Plate XXV; figs. 1-lk.

As strongly contracted in alcohol they are soft, with many transverse
wrinkles, due to contraction. One is nearly spherical; the other is ovoid.
They are somewhat translucent, pale flesh-colour, and the mesenteries show
through the integument. They have twelve stout, somewhat long, blunt,
equal tentacles, crowded in two alternate rows. They taper but little and are
strongly annulated with wrinkles (fig. Ic). Their walls are thick and muscular.
The mouth has at one end a prominent three-lobed " conchula," with a dee])
sulcate siphonoglyph, tubular in part. (PL XXV, fig. Ib.) The conchula has
two large bilobed lateral lobes, each bearing two small nipple-shaped appen-
dages, the central lobe, as contracted, is smaller, less swollen, and bears a
small median papilla. In the larger Hudson bay specimen there is a firm
central muscular thickening at the aboral end, with no pore to be seen without
careful examination; it is not larger than a small pinhole. In the other speci-
men there is a round terminal pore, nearly 2 mm. in diameter, with the ribbed
ectoderm extending into it by invection and forming a tube (fig Ik). It was
filled with a mass of partly digested food, etc., and the bottom lobes of the
stomodseum were nearly in contact with its inner lumen.

128 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

In a transverse section twelve complete mesenteries and eight incomplete
ones can be seen (PL XXV, fig. 1;' pi. XXVI, fig. 8). They are unequal in the
two sides of the body, due probably to contraction. Their longitudinal muscles
in the upper part are large, restricted, somewhat reniform or crescent-shape* 1 in

Fig. 16. Bicidiopsis aretica Verrill. Type. From a contracted Hudson bay specimen.

sections, thick in the middle region, thinning out towards each edge, and re-
curved (PL XXV, fig. la). At the base of the stomodseum, they are thinner
and not recurved (PL XXVI, fig. 8). All the perfect mesenteries bear con-
voluted mesenterial filaments (PL XXV, figs. If-lh). The mesenteries all
reach nearly to the central pore in the posterior end, and end abruptly (figs.
Ij, Ik). The sphincter muscle (fig. le) is thin and diffuse. The column-walls
are rather thin, the ectoderm layer (g), being thick, glandular, and soft exter-
nally (fig. li). The mesoglcea (1) shows five, six, or more, narrow parallel lines
for the circular muscles (h1)-

This species is evidently very closely related to Bicidiopsis quinquecapitata
(McMurrich), referred to Peachia by him. He described it as from Nanoose
bay, Vancouver island, in 15-20 fathoms. (Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London, 1913, p. 963, pi. 98, figs. 1-4).

His species has the same number and the same arrangement of mesenteries,
and the retractor muscles of the mesenteries have nearly the same form. Its
conchula is three-lobed, the median lobe is small and bears a median papilla;
each side lobe bears two papillae, as in my species. Thus the conchula has
essentially the same structure as in the Hudson bay specimens.

The agreement is so close that it is possible that the two belong to the same
species, but additional specimens should be studied before this can be decided
definitely.

Prof. McMurrich, in the same article, (p. 967, PL 98, figs. 5-7) described
Bicidium wquorece, a iiew species found parasitic on the bell of Mquorea forskalli,
and suggested that it may be the larval form of the preceding species. It has
a rudimentary conchula, and lacks the five papillae. It had only 6 pairs of mesen-
teries, all of them perfect.

Its mesenterial muscular pennons were much thinner than in the preceding
species. It seems to me unlikely to be the young of the latter. It was nearly
as large. I believe it should be called Siphonactinia cequorece.

Actinaria G 129

Family EDWARDSID^) Andres, 1880.

Column elongated, slender, without an adherent basal disk; usually with
the thicker middle portion, or scapus, covered with a firmly adherent dark
epidermal coating, into which the naked capitulum and the aboral naked area
can be retracted. Sometimes without a central coating. Tentacles mostly
slender, rather few, often 16, rarely up to 48. Perfect mesenteries fertile;
usually only eight; two pairs of directives; 4 lateral ones not paired; all others
narrow and imperfect. Sometimes small rudiments of few or many additional
ones occur, near the disk. Some species are able to adhere to stones, etc.,
by means of their sides. Apparently no aboral pore. The species usually live
in tubes and crevices or buried nearly up to the tentacles in sand or mud ; some
are parasitic on jelly-fish while young (e.g. Edwardsia leidyi Verrill, of the X<-\\
England coast.)

Edwardsia Quatr.

Edwardsia (pars) QUARTREFAGES, Comptes rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, XIV,
p. 630, 1842; Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 2, Vol. XVIII, p. 65-109,
1842. GOSSE (pars), Actin. Brit., p. 254, 1860. TORREY, op. cit., 1902, p. 376.
ANDRES, op. cit., p. 90, 1884, (restricted).

Tentacles usually 16, often alternately longer and shorter. Scapus covered
with a firmly adherent epidermal coating; its wall is thickened by a thick
mesoglceal layer, much thicker than in the capitulum or physa. Rudimentary
mesenteries about eight; sometimes more near the disk.

The species having more than 16 tentacles were separated from this genus
by Andres, under the name Edwardsiella.

Edwardsia elegans Verrill.

Edwardsia elegans VERRILL, op. cit., 1869, p. 162. ANDRES, op. cit., 1884, p. 95.
Plate XXI; Figs. 5, 6. Text Figure 17.

The type specimen of this species was immature. Its length in life was
25 mm.; diameter, 2-5 mm.; length of tentacles, 2-5 mm.; length of bare capit-
tulum, 2 • 5 mm.

Specimens subsequently found in the same localities were four or five times
as large, up to 100 to 150 mm. long, and differed somewhat in colour. They
undoubtedly belong to the same species, but for convenience may be designated
as variety picta.

The type had 16 slender tentacles, which were pale flesh-colour with a
median light orange-red line beneath, distally; the capitulum was pale pink,
with 8 white lines due to insertions of the mesenteries; disk pale flesh-colour;
labial lobes pale yellow. Taken at low tide at Clark's ledge, near Eastport,
Maine, and at Indian island, N.B., Aug. 21, 1864.

Edwardsia elegans, variety picta. New variety.
Plate XXI; Figs. 5, 6. Text Figure 17.

A large and long form, the longest being 150 mm. long. A living specimen
75 mm. long and 5 mm. in diameter, had the naked basal portion 25 mm. long.
9343—9

130 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

The central coated portion or scapus was slightly sulcated and transversely
wrinkled; epidermal coating was firmly adherent, pale orange-brown, or dirt-
brown.

Tentacles 16, long, slender, very mobile, variously curved, sometimes
spirally, and often recurved, up to 10 to 12 mm. long. They were, in life, pale
flesh-colour or yellowish, with a reddish median stripe on the outer surface
distally and to near the tip; on the adoral side, near the base, there is a trans-
verse spot of opaque flake-white or pale yellow, and an oval spot of the same
on the outer side of the base running downward in a V-shaped marking, and
extending upward as a white line; on alternate tentacles the V-shaped spots
sometimes connect with the yellow spots on the capitulum.

Fig. 17. Edwardsia elegans, var. picta, Verrill. Type, view of the expanded disk and tentacles,
from life; x about 4; b, one of the tentacles, more enlarged. By the author.

The disk is usually projected in a low cone; the mouth has 8 small labial
lobes-; eight lines of reddish or purplish brown run from between the labial
lobes and split in front of the tentcales, so as to pass each side of a tentacle;
shorter radii of the same colour run to the bases of the alternate tentacles, but
often do not reach the labial lobes. Between the reddish lines there are often
squarish white spots, forming a circle; or else a continuous white line.

The naked capitulum, which in extension may be 35 mm. long, has eight
pale depressed lines, at the insertions of the mesenteries. Just below the ten-
tacle bases there is a circle of light lemon-yellow angular spots; below these
there is a band of alternately larger and smaller often ill-defined spots of light
reddish or purplish brown; the smaller ones, situated a little higher, taper
down into a line below; the larger spots are usually emarginate above and
sometimes below. Below the reddish spots there is a band of 8 broad-oval
pale yellow spots, each divided medially by the pale pink line at the mesentery
insertion. Below these spots the capitulum is pale orange, light flesh-colour,
pinkish, or yellowish, like the naked basal area.

Found first at low water of a very low tide in gravel under stones at Clarks
ledge and Prince's cove, Eastport, Maine, 1864 and 1868.

A slightly different colour variety occurred at Dog island, not far from
Clarks ledge, at low water mark.

Actinana G 131

This had 16 long slender tentacles, often recurved against the column
when well expanded in confinement. The disk was often protruded in a conical
form, with the 8 small labial lobes prominent. The disk had 8 flake-white
radial stripes separated by narrower lines of purplish brown. The tentacles had
a basal spot of red brown on each side and a basal squarish spot of flake-white-
towards the middle a crescent-shaped transverse spot of white and a smaller
white spot near the tip. Capitulum bright salmon-colour with eight mesenterial
lines of white and a circle of purplish brown spots near the bases of the tentacles
Greatest length, 38 mm. This, in addition to the littoral localities, has been
dredged by us in various places, in the Bay of Fundy and Casco bay, in 10 to
64 fathoms; also in Portland, Maine, harbour in 9 fathoms, July 28 1873 (speci-
men figured, PL XXI, fig. 6).

Edwardsiella Andres.

Edwardsiella ANDRES, op. cit., p. 93, 1884.
Edwardsia (pars) of most writers.

Tentacles more than 16, varying from about 20 to 26, or more. Rudi-
mentary mesenteries near the disk vary in number and arrangement, according
to age, often more numerous than the tentacles, sometimes as many as 36.
Perfect mesenteries have a thick longitudinal muscle; all are fertile; two pairs
of directives; basal muscle well developed.

Wall of column has imbedded capsules of nematocysts; scapus has its meso-
gloea thickened; its epidermal coating is firmly attached.

Edwardsiella sipunculoides (Stimpson) Andres.

Actinia spunculoides STIMPSON, Marine Invt. of Grand Manan, p. 7, pi. 1,
fig. 2, 1853.

Edwardsia sipunculoides VERRILL, op. cit., 1864, p. 28, pi. 1, figs. 12, 13; op.

cit., 1863, p. 58. TORREY, Proc. Washington Acad. Sciences, vol. IV, p.

378, figs. 8-15, pi. XXIV, figs. 1-3, 1902 (from Alaska).
Edwardsiella sipunculoides ANDRES, op. cit., pp. 93, 95, 1884, figs. 5, 5b, (after

Verrill).

Plate XXVI; Fig. 9. Plate XXXI; Fig. 1. Text Figure 18.

Column very elongated, cylindrical, with eight longitudinal sulcations,
between which it is somewhat swollen in the form of broad, rounded, slightly
prominent ridges, crossed in contraction by numerous strong transverse wrinkles.
The tentacles are about 24 to 36 in number, varying with the age, arranged
somewhat crowdedly in two rows close to the margin. They are long, slender,
tapering to a point, the outer ones a little shorter than the inner, which are
twice longer than the diameter of the disk, or even more; mouth with four
small prominent lobes on each side.

The colour of the scapus coating is usually yellowish brown or mud-colour,
but varies according to the colour of the mud where found; the basal. naked
area is pellucid yellowish white; capitulum yellowish white surrounded, about
midway between the tentacles and sheath, by a ring consisting of eight lunate,
arrow-shaped, or square, opaque white spots, which are close together and
sometimes extend downward at their lower angles, forming a white line along
the sides of each sulcation; sometimes there is a trace of another ring of smaller
white spots lower down; tentacles transparent yellowish white, sprinkled with

9343— 9J

132 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

numerous flake-white dots, sometimes with small white spots at the outer
base. Lips and stomodaeum bright red, disk usually convex, yellowish, with
faint white radii, and often with white spots surrounding the bases of the

Fig. 18. Edwardsiella sipunculoides (Stimpson). Transverse section of a perfect mesentery of
a specimen from Alaska; b, basal muscle. After Torrey.

Length of the largest specimens, when in full expansion, about 5 inches
(125 mm.); in diameter about 4-5 mm.; when contracted about 36-45 mm. in
length.

Some specimens (No. 108) from near Eastport, at Clark's ledge, differed
considerably from the typical ones in colour. Naked parts of the column were
clear salmon-colour; no spots on the capitulum, but light lines, due to the mesent-
eries; stomoda3um pink; tentacles pale salmon, with a darker salmon-coloured
central line; disk salmon-coloured, no spots. Tentacles are about 36, closely
crowded in two rows, very slender and pointed in extension; length about t'vice
the diameter of the disk, more numerous and more slender than usual in typical
specimens of the same size.

The epidermal coating of the scapus is firm, obscurely 8-grooved, colour
dark yellowish brown; length in life about 50 mm.; diameter, 4-5 mm. These
were found under a stone in a tide-pool, some were lightly attached to small
pebbles by the naked aboral end or physa, probably by adhesive mucous.

Torrey (op. cit., 1902) has described the structure of this species with good
figures. He found as many as 32 small rudimentary mesenteries in a specimen
having 25 tentacles (PI. XXVI, fig. 9). They were irregularly arranged; the
number between adjacent perfect mesenteries varied from 4-6; one occurred
between each pair of directives.

The muscle pennon on the perfect mesenteries is very thick with branched
supports, and is restricted to the inner part of the mesentery. The column has
numerous scattered nematocyst capsules, and a very thick mesoglcea in the
scapus.

Common formerly near Eastport, Maine, near Dog island, Clark's ledge,
Princes cove, etc., between tides and at low tide mark, and at Grand Manan
island, N.B. One small specimen, apparently the young, about 25 mm. long,
was taken off Grand Manan in 60 fathoms. Dredged by us in Casco bay,
1873, in 48 to 64 fathoms.

Actinaria G 133

Recorded from Henley harbour, Chateau bay, southern Labrador, by A.
S. Packard, 1865. Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Prince Edward island (Whit-
eaves).

Torrey, 1902, described specimens from Dutch harbour, Unalaska (Harri-
man Alaska Exped.)

This species has been found in very few places, and usually very sparingly
in its localities. In the vicinity of Eastport, Me., at a point just south of Dog
island, I once succeeded (1861) in obtaining several hundred specimens in a
very short time by turning over the large stones. They were seen projecting
from the mud, chiefly near the edges of the stones, looking much like some
species of worms. As many as fifteen to twenty were sometimes found under
a single stone. They here occupy the lower third of the littoral zone. When
put in sea-water they expand readily and move about with worm-like gyrations.
When touched, they suddenly jerk away the upper part of the body before
withdrawing the tentacles.

Drillactis. New genus.

Type, Edwardsia pallida Verrill. Body long, slender, changeable, worm-
like, integument soft, with no adherent epidermal coating on the column; scapus
and capitulum not notably differentiated; tentacles 18 to 24 or more, changeable
in form.

Drillactis pallida. New name.

Edwardsia pallida VERRILL, Notice of Recent Addit. to Mar. Invert., Part I,
in Proc. National Mus., II, p. 198, 1879.

Halcampa pallida ANDRES, op. cit., 1884, p. 105.

Plate XXI; Figures 4, 4a.

A long, slender, soft, flaccid, gray or whitish species. Column smooth,
soft, destitute of any permanent investment, but sometimes with grains of
sand, slightly adherent; surface faintly longitudinally sulcated, and sometimes
finely wrinkled transversely. The form is changeable, elongated, nearly cylindri-
cal, but often tapered at the posterior end, and often swollen in some places.

Tentacles 12 to 24, often 18, very changeable in form, varying from short
fusiform or club-shapes to long and slender forms, which are often curled and
two to three times as long as the diameter of the disk, or even longer, often
acute at the tips, or when swollen the tip may be acuminate. (See PI. XXI,
figs. 4a, b-i).

The tentacles are usually pale greenish or grayish white, often witli a pale
olive-green central line, interrupted by a line of opaque white spots, often t«-n
to twelve on a tentacle, or sometimes by transverse lines of white; the central
dark line is sometimes absent. Column is translucent, dull gray or grayish
white, or pale flesh-colour, striped with narrow flake-white lines, due to the
mesenteries, between which the dark or purplish internal organs show through ;
a circle of lunate spots of opaque yellowish white is situated just below the
tentacles, corresponding with the broader longitudinal stripes. Disk is often
much protruded, yellowish white, radiated with opaque white spots; or these
spots may be prolonged into whitish lines, fading out lower down; peristome
sometimes brownish.

Length up to about 4 inches while living and in extension (80 to 100 mm.) ;
diameter 4 to 6 mm. Tentacles may extend to 12-16 mm., or two to three
times the diameter of the body.

134 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

In confinement this species secreted from its column a coating of soft and
rather loose mucous. It is not attached to the tubes or burrows in which it
lives. It twists and wriggles about like an earth-worm when out of its bur-
rows.

Type locality, Provincetown, Mass., in sand at low- water (U.S. Fish Com-
mission).

It is possible that this species may prove to be the adult form of the peculiar
parasitic species frequently found adhering to the jelly fish, Mnemiopsis leidyi,
on the coast of New England in summer. The latter was named by me Edward-
sia leidyi in 1899 (Amer. Journ. Science, vol. VI, p. 496, figs. 2, 3). It has
not been raised much beyond the stage when it has eight short tentacles, and
sometimes rudiments of 8 others. It is smooth and lubricous, vary change-
able in form, from very long and slender to short ovoid or globular. Its colour
is reddish, rosy, or purplish

Family CERIANTHID^). M. Edw. and Haime, 1852.

Body much elongated, tapered to the base, without a basal disk, but usually
with a terminal pore. Tentacles of two kinds, marginal and labial; all elongated
and slender, very numerous in adults and arranged in many cycles. One
siphonoglyph. Mesenteries very numerous, unequal, arranged bilaterally,
few (2 to 10 or more) reach the posterior end. Most species form coherent
tubes of mud, mucous, etc. Some live at the surface of the sea, even when large -.

Cerianthus Delle Chiage, 1830.
Cerianthus borealis Verrill.

Cerianthus borealis VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, Vol. V, p. 5, 1873; Proc.
Amer. Assoc. Adv. Science, Vol. for 1873, p. 391, 1874 (in Explorations of
Casco Bay); Ann. Report U.S. Fish Comm. for 1883, p. 534, 1885; Webster's
International Dictionary, Edit, of 1904, pp. 1606, 1977 (good original
figures of type supplied by me ; also in an earlier edition) . SMITH and HARGER,
Trans. Conn., Acad. ScL, Vol. Ill, p. 54, pi. II, fig. 5, 1874. KINGSLEY,
Tufts College Studies, No. 8, pp. 345-361, figs. 3-5, adult, and fig. 1, three
views of young Arachnactis, 1904.

Cerianthus borealis McMuRRicn, in Journ. Morphology, vol. V, p. 147, pi. IX,
figs. 9-13, 1891. E. L. MARK, Selections Embryological Monographs,
Polyps, pi. XII, figs. 16-23, 1884, in Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. IX, 1884.

Arachnactis brachiolata A. AGASSIZ, Proc. Boston, Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. IX, p.
159, 1862; Journ. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. VII, p. 525, 1863 (young).

Plate XXII; Figs. 1-4. Text Figures 19, 20, 21, a, b, b1; 22.

This species grows to a very large size. Ordinary adult specimens may
have the body from 175 to 225 mm. in length and 40 to 50 mm. in greatest
diameter of body; breadth across expanded tentacles 125 to 150 mm. (5 to 6
inches); the longer inner marginal tentacles being 50 to 60 mm. long; outer
marginal ones 20-25 mm.; the oral tentacles 25 to 30 mm.; larger specimens
sometimes occur. One from off the coast of Maine was about 18 inches long
(450 mm.) and 7 inches (175 mm.) across the expanded disk; others were some-
what larger.

Actinaria

G 135

It occupies a very long, rough, thick, flexible tube, composed of mud and
various debris, cemented together by hardened mucous, but very smooth inside.
These tubes, one to two feet long, are often taken in deep water without the
occupant. In natural positions at the bottom they are probably much longer.

The body is smooth; in contraction usually more or less wrinkled length-
wise. It may taper regularly or be somewhat swollen or vase-shape toward the
anterior end, and expanded close to the margin.

The marginal tentacles are very numerous, long and slender, tapering to
slender tips; the inner rows, much longer than the outer ones; not very con-
tractile. The oral or labial tentacles are about one-third as long as the longer
marginal ones, or up to about 20 to 30 mm. long. The number of marginal
tentacles may be 150 to 200 or more, in large examples. There is a central
pore in the posterior end. According to Kingsley five pairs of mesenteries
reach the aboral end, to near the pore. He found it to be a hermaphrodite
species.

The colour in life is somewhat variable. In the types the body was dark
chestnut-brown, often tinged with bluish or purplish near the margin; disk pale
yellowish brown; around the mouth, within the circle of labial tentacles, deep
brown with paler fine radii; labial tentacles pale chestnut-brown; outer tentacles
light chestnut-brown or deep salmon, the longer ones transversely barred with
five to eight deep reddish brown spots partially divided in the median line by
paler colour. Some specimens had the body orange brown; others dull bluish
or greenish gray, or mud-colour. Other variations were noted. This species
has been taken at many places in the Bay of Fundy; Bedford basin; Gulf of
Maine, 110, 156 fathoms; off Casco bay, 35 to 75 fathoms; off Georges bank,
etc., in 20 to 150 fathoms on soft muddy bottoms, and also off southern New

20

Fig. 19. Cerianthus borealis (?) Verrill. A young specimen which has lost its marginal tentacles;

but retained the labial tentacles, thus resembling an Ilyanthus: x 2.

Verrill.
Fig. 20. The same (?). 4 larger abnormal specimen that appears to have been injured

repaired and has also lost the marginal tentacles; x 2. By. A. H. Ver

136 G

Canadian Arctic E.vimlHi<m, 1913-1918

England in 18 to 264 fathoms. Off Watch Hill, K.I., in 18 fathoms, young.
It was also brought from the fishing Banks oft Nova Scotia by the Gloucester,
Mass., fishermen. It ><•< «nis to be a common species in deep water, judging by
the number of empty tubes brought up in the dredges. It also occurs in the,
Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteave's coll.)

Young specimens from 25 to 35 mm. long are often found off the New
England coast in moderate depths.

One of these, about 33 mm. long, is figured (X2) on pi. XXII, fig. 3, from
life. This had 22 slender marginal tentacles; the labial tentacles were relatively
shorter than in the adult. The body wall was translucent, so that the larin T
mesenteries could be seen by translucency. The aboral end was mobile and
changeable in form, often inflated, as in the figure. In colour it was similar to
some of the adults, but the body was pale greenish brown.

When the marginal tentacles of such specimens are broken off, as often
happens in a dredge containing stones, shells, etc., the young Cerianthus, with
its margin contracted, and showing the labial tentacles, very much resembles
an Ilyanthus, and may easily be mistaken for that genus when superficially
examined (fig. 19). When more closely examined the thick margin shows its
real nature. Of course an examination of the interior by sections shows the
difference at once.

A small specimen, about 75 mm. long and 6 mm. in diameter, taken off
W^atch Hill, R.I., July 31, 1874, in 18 fathoms, had the body pale purplish brown
anteriorly, greenish brown to olive posteriorly; just below the outer bases of the
tentacles was a ring of orange-brown; outer tentacles flake-white at base; inner
marginal tentacles had a spot of purple on each side and on the front of the
base; labial tentacles were purplish, with some flake- white at the tips. Some
of the marginal tentacles had a white stripe at about the middle, on each side.

Arachnactis brachiolata A. AGASSIZ.

Young larvae of Cerianthus.
Text Figures 21, a, b, b1, 22. Plate XXII; Fig. 4.

Two stages of development of this interesting larval form were taken Oct.
4, 1913, at Station 27 1, u, Collinson point, Alaska, swimming under ice in about
1 fathom of water.

According to Mr. F. Johansen's notes, these larvae were floating with the
rounded basal end upward, and the four larger tentacles downward. The
tentacles were slightly ourved at the tips, and spread out in a quadrate. The
tips of these outer tentacles were orange-brown, elsewhere the larvae were pale
yellowish brown, the ends being darker. The length was about 4-5 mm. Two
pairs of inner or oral tentacles were observed.

The three specimens received by me represent two diverse stages of develop-
ment. (See Text Figures 21, a, b). The younger stage (a) has two pairs of
outer tentacles well-developed, but somewhat unequal, with rudiments of one
of the third pair. It has two rudimentary oral tentacles and a large, slightly
emarginate, protruding oral lobe or lip. The body is short and thick, evenly
rounded posteriorly. One pair of mesenteries is conspicuous. The other
specimen (b, b1) is considerably older. It has the third pair (i, i, i) of tentacles
pretty well developed and crossed by a whitish band on the inner surface. There
are rudiments of four oral tentacles (two pairs) unequally developed. Eight
unequal pairs of mesenteries can be seen by translucency; only one pair reaching
nearly to the end of the body.

A ctinaria

The specimens are well preserved in formaline, but are he .,

dark greenish brown, so that the internal structure cannot well be seen,
stomodseum is visible as a short sac below the mouth,
distinct mouth-lobes, unequal in size.

G 137

ined with
The
There are two large

Fig. 21. Arachnactis brachiolata A. Agassiz. The larva or young of a Cerianthus, probably of
C. borealis Ver. A very young stage with but two pairs of the tentacles of the
outer row (i, ii), and with rudiments of three tentacles of the inner circle; also traces
of 8 mesenteries; much enlarged. Canad. Arc. Exped. C. C. A later stage of the
same larva, viewed from opposite sides; three pairs of outer tentacles (i, ii, iii) are
now developed, but of unequal sizes; also two pairs of the inner or oral circle,
in a rudimentary form ; eight unequal mesenteries are visible and also two pro-
minent labial lobes, and the stomodseum. Much enlarged. Drawn by the
author.

Fig. 22. The same. From a very young New England specimen.
Emerton.

Much enlarged. By J. H.

These stages do not quite correspond in the state of development with
similar larvse previously described, but they appear to be identical with the
similar larvse found on the northern New England coast. (See Text Fig. 22, and
PL XXII, fig. 4). The latter is probably the larva of Cerianthus borealis Ver-
rill, a common form in the deeper waters of northern New England, the Gulf
of St. Lawrence, etc., and the only species known from the very northern waters
of America, but not yet reported from the Pacific coast.

For additional details concerning Arachnactis brachiolata, see G. S. Kingsley,
Description of Cerianthus borealis, Tufts College Studies, No. 8, 1904, with three
figures of larvse from Casco bay. Also J. L. McMurrich, The Genus Arachnactis,
Journ. Experimental Zoology, Vol. IX, No. 1, 1910, pp. 159-168, fig. 4, (com-
pared with other species). Also Journal of Morphology, Vol. V, p. 147, pi. IX,
figs. 9-13, 1891.

138 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

Additional species of Actinari.t I'n.in Alaska and adjacent waters and
probably inhabiting waters of British Columbia have been recorded in the
following work-:

II. B. TOHHKY. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition, xxx;
Aneinoin •>. with Discussion of Variation in Metridium, Proc. Wash. Acad. of
Sciences, vol. IV, pp. 373-410, plates XXIV, XXV, and text-cuts, 1902.

He described Edwardsia xipunculoides (STIMPSON) VERRILL; with anatom-
ical details. From Dutch harbour/Alaska.

Charisea saxicola, new genus and species, Sitka, Alaska.

Cribrina art< •////*/(/ = Eracti* nrtemisia (DRAYTON) VERRILL. From Sitka,
Yakutat, Popof island, Dutch harbour, and Puget sound. Epiactis prolifera
VERRILL. From Puget sound to San Pedro and Pacific Grove, Cal. Epiactis
ritteri, new sp., Popof island.

J. P. McMuRRicn, Report on the Hexactiniae of the Columbia Univ. Exped.
to Puget Sound during the summer of 1896, Annals New York Acad. Science,
Vol. XIV, No. 1, pp. 1-48, plates I-III, 1901. In this work he described Metri-
dium diantJms (ELLIS) and its variations, from Puget sound, etc.

Cribrina elegantissima (BRANDT) McMuRRicn. Should be Tealiopsis ele-
gantissima (McMuRRicn) VER. Identified doubtfully with Brandt's species,
and only by the colours based on Mertens' drawings. (Brandt's authority
better be omitted). The specimens collected by Mertens are said to have been
lost by shipwreck. Puget sound; Sitka (Brandt).

Cribrina artemisia (PICKERING, in DANA) = Evactis artemisia VERRILL.
Discovery bay. Recorded from Alaska by Torrey. See above. Common in
Puget sound. Shore and shallow water.

Urticina crassicornis (MtiL.L.) EHR. Anatomical studies, variations. Now
considered a distinct species by me. (U. columbiana VERRILL.) (See page 107 G.)

Anthopleura xanthogrammica (BRANDT). Body greenish to light. Tips
of tentacles pink or bright red. According to Brandt, his species had copper-
green tentacles. Identification is very doubtful. Port Townsend and San
Francisco. (Sitka, Brandt).

Epiactis prolifera VER., op. cit. 1869, p. 492; op. cit., 1899, p. 377, fig. 25.
Recorded from Puget sound to Pacific Grove, Cal., by Torrey. Colours de-
scribed. Anatomical details given. First recorded by me from Puget Sound.1

J. P. McMuRRiCH, in Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, for
1913, Vol. II, pp. 963-967, Plate XCVIII. On two raw Actinians from the coast
of British Columbia. The species described, are Peachia quinquecapitata and
Bicidium aquorece. Both were from the coast of Vancouver island. The former
belongs to my genus Bicidiopsis of this report; the latter to Siphonactinia, as
here defined. (See above pages 125 G, 128 G.)

1 Larvae of small size were found inside the original specimens, similar to the smaller ones carried in
the pits on the outside. Some of the latter had twelve tentacles.

A ctinaria

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

140 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Actinauge verrillii McMurrich. Side-view of a living specimen partly expanded. About
| natural size. The base enclosed a ball of mud for anchorage.

2. Actinauge rugosa Verrill. New species. A medium size specimen in life with the body

strongly contracted; about ^ natural size.

3. The same. Type. View of a large living specimen, nearly expanded. About natural

size.

4. Urticina crassicornis (Mull.) Ehr. View of the disk and expanded tentacles of a large

living specimen, with nearly plain-coloured tentacles. About f natural size.

5. Chondractinia tuberculosa Verrill. Type. View of an alcoholic specimen. About

natural size. Drawings by J. H. Emerton, except No. 2, by the author.

Actinaria

G 141

PLATE XIX.

142 G ' Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Bicidiopsis tubicola Verrill. New species. Type. Side view from life. About
natural size. By J. H. Emerton.

2. Siph&nactinia parasitica (L. Ag.). Anterior part. From a large living specimen.

Conchula is nearly retracted; x 2.

3. The same. View from life of the disk and tentacles, with the mouth distended; con-

chula is but little protruded; x about 3.

4. Tealiopsis stella Verrill. Side view of an alcoholic specimen from Hudson bay; x \\.

5. The same. One of the cotypes, contracted and covered with adherent sand, etc. ; natural

size.

6. The same. Type. From a living expanded specimen: f natural size. After E. S.

Morse.

7. The same. Part of a longitudinal section, showing the sphincter muscle (s); t, ten-

tacles; v, verrucse; u, mesogloea of body wall; f, foramen in a perfect mesentery ; r,
an imperfect mesentery. Enlarged.

8. The same; (a) an egg, x2; (b) larva, nat. size; taken from a Hudson bay specimen^

(c) one of the extruded young, contracted; x about 3.

9. The same. One of the young, soon after birth, from life; x about 4.

10 and 11. The same. Two of the young taken from inside of an alcoholic specimen from
Hudson bay; x 4.

12. The same. Disk and tentacles; 1-4, are tentacles of first to fourth cycles; 1, d, d, two

directive tentacles; about f natural size. All by the author.

13. Urticina crassicornis (Mull.) Ehr., Disk and tentacles of a large living decamerous-

specimen, about f natural size. Copied from a photograph by A. H. Verrill.

Actinoria

G 143
PLATE XX.

1 1! «, Comnh'iH Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XXI.

Fig. 1. Halcampa duodecimcirrata (Sars). General figure from life; x 4.

2. The same. Variety nitida, new. Type. View of the upper part from life; x 4.
2a. The same specimen. View of the disk and tentacles; x about 3£.

3. Halcampa farinacea (Ver.). General figure from life; x about 4.

4. Drillactis pallida Ver. General figure from life; x about 2. Type.

4a. The same; a, b, c, d, several forms assumed by the tentacles; more enlarged.

5. Edwardsia elegans, var. picta Ver. Side view of upper parts from life; x about 6. Type.

6. The same. Another colour variety, from Portland, Maine, general figure from life; x 85.

Figures 1, 5, 6 were by J. H. Emerton; the others by the author.

PLATE No XXI

146 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XXII.

Fig. 1. CerianthuS'borealis Ver. View of the expanded disk and tentacles of a living specimen.
About H natural size. •

2. The same. Side view from life. About £ natural size. Both by J. H. Emerton.

3. The same. A young specimen, x 2.

4. The same; larva in the brachiolaria stage. Much enlarged.

5. Stephanauge nexilis Verrill. A group of three, contracted, and surrounding the denuded

axis of a live Balticina. About f natural size. From the Banks.

6. The same. One partly expanded from another group. About f natural size. It had

a few acontia exposed.

7. Raphactis abyssicola (Moseley?) Verrill. A smooth specimen having the same amplexi-

caul habit as the last, strongly contracted and showing plainly a few cinclidse; x 2.

Drawings by J. H. Emerton.

A ctinaria

9343—10^

148 a

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1. Bolocera longicornis Carlgren. From a living specimen; about f natural size. Not

full grown. By J. H. Emerton. Colour, orange red; tentacles, pink.
2. Eubolocera midticornis Verrill. Type. From a fresh, but not living, specimen. About
three-quarters natural size. Colour, light red.

Actinaria

G 149

f

150 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. Actinauge borealis. New species. Longitudinal section of the upper part of the

column; e, sphincter muscle; c, retracted capitulum: h, mesoglceajg, ectoderm with

remains of dark coating; d, invected disk; t, t', bases of crowded tentacles; v,

larger tubercles of the parapet; m, upper ends of the mesenteries, pink in colour;

o, oral region of disk,
la. The same, less enlarged; letters the same; the inner long slender crowded tentacles

(t', t") were turned inward, reaching the base of the stomodaeum.
Ib. The same; part of a transverse section made near the oral disk, where the mesenteries

of the first and second cycles are all perfect and nearly equal.
Ic. Another part of the same section.
Id. Another section from the same region more enlarged,
le. Another part of the same section;

I, I, mesenteries of the first cycle; II, a mesentery of the second cycle; r, r, sections of

angular ridges of the endoderm; p, outer layer of stomodeal wall; h, mesoglcea;

e, endoderm; g, ectoderm; v, verrucse; i. endoderm.
If. The same. Transverse section at about the middle of the stomodseum; i, i, primary

perfect mesenteries; ii, iii, iv, mesenteries of second to fourth pairs with gonads

removed; letters as in last.
Ig The same. Longitudinal section of wall.

Ih. The same. Another longitudinal section more enlarged; lettering as in le.
2. Actinauge rugosa Verrill. Longitudinal section of the upper part of the column- wall;

c, capitulum; e, sphincter muscle; h, mesogloea; g, ectoderm; v, verrucse of parapet;

d, disk; t, bases of tentacles.

All drawings by the author.

Actinaria

G 151

PLATE XXIV.

152 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XXV.

Fig. 1. Biddiopsis arctica Verrill. Type. Transverse thick glycerine section across near the

upper part of the column, showing 12 perfect and eight imperfect mesenteries;

d, sulcar; d', sulcular directives and siphonoghlyphs; 1, 1, gonads on imperfect

mesenteries; o, stomodseum. Schematic, in part,
la. The same. One of the perfect mesenteries more enlarged.
Ib. The same. Conchula and siphonoglyph much enlarged.
Ic. The same. Distal part of a tentacle; much enlarged.

Id, a, b. Sections of two tentacles compressed into angular forms by crowding,
le. The same. Longitudinal section, in the region of the sphincter muscle (e); much

enlarged.
If. The same. Portion of a mesenterial filament partly uncoiled. Ig. Another portion

more enlarged; Ih, trifid portion,
li. The same; transverse section at base of the stomodseum, showing the bases of the

directive mesenteries (d); g, ectoderm; h, mesoglcea; h', lines of circular muscles.
li. The same; terminal pore and ends of mesenteries seen from inside; enlarged.
Ik. Section of aboral end and pore expanded; m, mesentery; p, pore.

2. Metridium dianthus (Ellis). A large living specimen with some acontia emitted;

from Massachusetts Bay; n, n, acontia; about f natural size.

3. Siphonactinia parasitica. Two of the mesenteries in transverse section. After McMur-

rich, with some changes.

Figures 1-lk, were made from rather thick sections mounted in glycerine- jelly and therefore
differ from hardened sections in Canada balsam. By the author. Fig. 2, after J. H. Emer-
ton, with some changes.

Actinaria

G 153
PLATE XXV.

154 G

Canadian Arctir

// /<*//, / 913-1 918

PLATE XXVI.

Fig. 1. Tealiopsis slella Verrill. Vertical section of the sphincter muscle and a tentacle of a
Hudson bay specimen; x 10.

2. The same. Sphincter muscle more enlarged.

3. The same. Part of a rather thick transverse section showing a mesentery of the third

cycle (III) and a pair of those of the fourth and fifth cycles (IV, V) covered with
gonads, densely crowded ; g, ectoderm; h, mesogloea; e, circular muscles; i, endo-
derm; x 18.

4. The same. Part of a transverse section showing two imperfect mesenteries deprived of

gonads. Lettering as in fig. 3; x 25.

5. The same. Longitudinal section of the column wall, showing branched lamellae of the

circular muscles, etc.; x 10.

5a. The same. More enlarged; g, ectoderm; h, mesogkfia; i, endoderm; c, circular muscle
lamellae; x 18.

6. Surface view of some of the suckers on the middle of the column; x 18.
6a. One of the suckers more enlarged; x 30.

7. Urticina crassicornis (Ehr.) Section of the sphincter muscle. After Hargitt.

8. Bicidiopsis arctica Verrill. Type. Part of a thick transverse section made near the

lower part of the stomodseum (P.), showing a perfect mesentery (i) and a pair of
the imperfect ones deprived of gonads. Lettering as in fig. 3. From a Hudson
bay specimen.

9. Edwardsiella sipunculoides (Stimpson). A diagrammatical section near the disk

showing the arrangement of the rudimentary mesenteries and bases of the tenta-
cles; d, d, directives. After Torrey, from an Alaskan specimen.

All the figures, except 7 and 9, were made by the author from rather thick sections, mounted
in glycerine-jelly, to avoid more shrinkage.

A dinar ia

G155
PLATE XXVI.

156 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XXVII.

Fig. 1. Actinauge rugosa Verrill. New species. Longitudinal section. Enlarged, cp, infolded
capitulum: a, a, tentacles: e, sphincter muscle; d, f, verrucse or tubercles; o,
stomodseum; p, wall of stomodseum; n, its external layer; m, s, 1-4, perfect
mesenteries of 1 to 4 pairs; r, a pair of primary perfect mesenteries; g, ectoderm
of body wall; i, endoderm; n, mesoglcea; c, circular muscles of body-wall; 1, 1,
gonads and mesenterial filaments; b, sufrace of base; t, section of base* x about 2.
2. Actinauge verrillii McMurrich. Longitudinal section of a rather small specimen,
enclosing a ball of mud (s) in the bulbous base. Lettering as in Fig. 1, with the
addition of b, tentacle lobe; m, mouth lobes; k, section of disk; v, opening of
the bulbous base; x about 1£. Drawings by A. H. Verrill.

PLATE No XXVH

CD

158 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Stephanauge nexilis Verrill. Cotype. Longitudinal section, from a photograph;
x about 2.

2. The same. Another specimen. Transverse section across the upper part, cutting the

inner part of the retracted disk and invected tentacles.

3. The same specimen. A section made a little lower down.

4. The same specimen. A section made still lower down, x 2. By the author.

Actinaria

G 159

PLATE XXVIII.

160 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XXIX.

Fig. 1. Urticina columbiana. New species. Partly contracted. About f natural size.

2. The same specimen. View of expanded disk and tentacles from a living specimen.
About f natural size. Both drawn in colors by Mr. J. G. Swan.

Colour of body bright red, with pale yellow papillae or suckers; tentacles lighter red; base dark red,

PLATE No XXIX

9343—11

162 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918

PLATE XXX.

Fig. 1. Stomphia carneola (Stimp.)- Side view of a living specimen of a pale flesh-coloured
variety, in one of the odd shapes it often takes. From Bay of Fundy. By J. H.
Emerton, natural size. Colour, pink, translucent.

2. Actinauge verrillii McMur. View of the upper part showing the capitulum (c); ver-

rucse (v, v,); tentacle lobes (1); and tentacles (t). Enlarged. Drawing by A. H.
Verrill.

3. Stephanauge nexilis Verrill. Type; transverse section near the disk; 1-1, 6 primary

pairs of mesenteries; d, d, directives; P, stomodseum; s, s, siphonoglyphs ; g,
ectoderm; h, mesoglcea; i, endoderm. Enlarged from a photograph by A. H.
Verrill.

PLATE No XXX

PLATE Xo XXXI

^:

•t v?

r fc

164 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1918-1918

PLATE XXXI.

Fig. 1. Edwardsiella sipunculoides (Stimpson). Side view of the upper part of the column
and bases of the tentacles, from life, x about 4. By the author.

2. Pseudophellia arctica Verrill. Type. Side view, with part of the outer coat removed.

Eggs and larvae show near the bass. By A. H. Verrill.

3. Tealiopsis stella Verrill. Transverse section of a perfect mesentery from a Hudson

bay specimen; m, longitudinal muscle; b, basal muscle; i, endoderm; p, outside
of stomodseum. By the author.

4. Halcampa (?) anomala Verrill. New. Side view of the type, from life; x about 4;

b, one of the branched tentacles more enlarged. By the author.

5. UrtitinacrassicornisEhr. Transverse section of a tentacle; g, ectoderm; h, mesoglcea;

i, endoderm; 1, muscle lamellae, after McMurrich. Much enlarged.

6. Metridium dianthus (Ellis). From a photograph of a small living specimen. Some-

what enlarged.

Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18,

VOLUME Vm: MOLLUSKS, ECHINODERMS, COELENTERATES, ETC.

Part A: MOLLUSKS, RECENT AND PLEISTOCENE. By William H. Ball.

(Issued September S 4, 1919).
Part B: CEPHALOPODA AND PTEROPODA.

Cephalopoda. By S» S. Berry.

Pteropoda. By W. F. Clapp (In preparation).

Part C: ECHINODERMS. By Austin H. Clark (Issued April 8, 19SO).

Part D: BRYOZOA. By R. C. Osburn (In preparation).

Part E: ROTATORIA. By H. K. Harring (Issued December SI, 1921).

Part F: CHAETOGNATHA. By A. G. Huntsman (In preparation).

Part G: ALC YONARIA AND ACTINARI A. By A. E. Verrill . (In press).

Part H: MEDUSAE AND CTENOPHORA. By H. B. Bigelow (Issued June SO, 19SO).

Part I: HYDROIDS. By C. McLean Fraser . . (In preparation).

Part J: PORIFERA.

VOLUME IX: ANNELIDS, PARASITIC WORMS, PROTOZOANS, ETC.

Part A: OLIGOCHAETA.

Lumbriculidae. By Frank Smith.

Enchytraeidae. By Paul S. Welch (Issued September 29, 1919).

Part B: POL YCHAETA. By Ralph V. Chamberlin , (Issued Novsmbzr 18, 1920) .

Part C: HIRUDINEA. By J. P. Moore (Issued February 4, 19SI).

Part D: GEPHYREA. By Ralph V. Chamberlin (Issued June SO, 19*0).

Part E: ACANTHOCEPHALA. By H. J. Van Cleave (Issued April 7, 19X0).

Part F: NEMATODA. By N. A. Cobb (In preparation).

Part G-H: TREMATODA AND CESTODA. By A. R. Cooper (Issued February 4, 1921}

Part I: TURBELLARIA. By A. Hassell (In preparation).

Part J: GORDIACEA.

Part K: NEMERTINI. By Ralph V. Chamberlin (In preparation).

Part L: SPOROZOA. By J. V. Mavor (In preparation).

PartM: FORAMINIFERA. By J. A. Cushman (Issued Februarys, 19SO).

VOLUME X: PLANKTON, HYDROGRAPHY, TIDES, ETC.

Part A: PLANKTON. By Albert Mann .• (In preparation).

Part B: MARINE DIATOMS. By L. W. Bailey (In preparation).

Part C: TIDAL OBSERVATIONS AND RESULTS. By W. Bell Dawson.. (Issued October 1,1920}.
Part D: HYDROGRAPHY (In preparation).

VOLUME XI: GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY

Part A: THE GEOLOGY OF THE ARCTIC COAST OF CANADA, WEST OF THE KENT

PENINSULA. By J. J. O'Neill (In preparation).

Part B: MAPS AND GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. By Kenneth G. Chipman and John R. Cox.

(In preparation) .

VOLUME XII: LIFE OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS

THE LIFE OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS. By D. Jenness (Issued January IS, 19SS).

VOLUME XIII: PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND TECHNOLOGY OF THE
WESTERN AND COPPER ESKIMOS

Part A: THE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE WESTERN AND COPPER ESKI-
MOS. By D. Jenness (In preparation) .

Part B: THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE WESTERN AND CENTRAL ESKIMOS. By John
Cameron (In preparation) .

Part C: TECHNOLOGY OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS (To be prepared) .

VOLUME XTV: ESKIMO FOLK-LORE AND LANGUAGE

Part A: FOLK-LORE, WITH TEXTS, FROM ALASKA, THE MACKENZIE DELTA, AND
CORONATION GULF. By D. Jenness. (In preparation).

Part B: COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY OF THE ESKIMO DIALECTS
OF POINT BARROW, THE MACKENZIE DELTA, AND CORONATION GULF.
By D. Jenness (In preparation).

VOLUME XV: ESKIMO STRING FIGURES AND SONGS

Part A: STRING FIGURES OF THE ESKIMOS, By D. Jenness (Ready for press).

Part B: SONGS OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS. By Helen H. Roberts and D. Jenness (In preparation).

VOLUME XVI: ARCHAEOLOGY

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF WESTERN ARCTIC AMERICA.
( To be prepared).